SSB 10-K Annual Report Dec. 31, 2012 | Alphaminr

SSB 10-K Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2012

SOUTH STATE CORP
10-Ks and 10-Qs
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
10-Q
10-Q
10-Q
10-K
PROXIES
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
DEF 14A
10-K 1 a2213199z10-k.htm 10-K

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ý


Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

o


Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                                  to

Commission file number 001-12669

LOGO

SCBT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

South Carolina
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
57-0799315
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

520 Gervais Street


Columbia, South Carolina
(Address of principal executive offices)
29201
(Zip Code)

(800) 277-2175
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, $2.50 par value per share The NASDAQ Global Select Market SM

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No ý .

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No ý .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer ý Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No ý .

The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was $512,650,000 based on the closing sale price of $35.25 per share on June 30, 2012. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, all directors and executive officers of the registrant have been deemed affiliates. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013 was 17,008,389.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10 - 14 of this form 10-K.


Table of Contents

SCBT Financial Corporation
Index to Form 10-K



Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

2

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

19

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

36

Item 2.

Properties

36

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

36

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

37

PART II

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

38

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

41

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

44

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

84

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

84

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

84

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

84

Item 9B.

Other Information

84

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance(1)

85

Item 11.

Executive Compensation(1)

85

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters(1)

85

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence(1)

86

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services(1)

86

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

87

(1)
All or portions of this item are incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

1


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

The disclosures set forth in this Report are qualified by Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and the section captioned "Forward-Looking Statements" in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this Report.


PART I

Item 1.    Business.

SCBT Financial Corporation ("SCBT" or the "Company"), headquartered in Columbia, South Carolina, is a bank holding company incorporated in 1985 under the laws of South Carolina. We provide a wide range of banking services and products to our customers through our wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT ("the Bank"), a South Carolina-chartered commercial bank that opened for business in 1934. Effective July 1, 2012, the Bank converted its national charter to a state charter and changed its name from SCBT, National Association to SCBT. We operate as NCBT, a division of the Bank, in Mecklenburg County of North Carolina; Community Bank & Trust ("CBT"), a division of the Bank, in northeast Georgia; and The Savannah Bank ("TSB"), a division of the Bank, in coastal Georgia. Minis & Company, Inc., is a registered investment advisory firm and a subsidiary of the Bank which provides asset and wealth management services along with our trust and investment services group.

SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. We coordinate the financial resources of the consolidated enterprise and thereby maintain financial, operation and administrative systems that allow centralized evaluation of subsidiary operations and coordination of selected policies and activities. SCBT's operating revenues and net income are derived primarily from cash dividends received from our Bank.

Our Bank provides a full range of retail and commercial banking services, mortgage lending services, trust and investment services, and consumer finance loans through 82 financial centers in 19 South Carolina counties, in Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, in 10 counties in North Georgia, and in 2 coastal Georgia counties. Our Bank has served the Carolinas for more than 78 years. At December 31, 2012, we had approximately $5.1 billion in assets, $3.6 billion in loans, $4.3 billion in deposits, $507.5 million in shareholders' equity, and market capitalization of approximately $680.5 million.

We began operating in 1934 in Orangeburg, South Carolina and have maintained our ability to provide superior customer service while also leveraging our size to offer many products more common to super-regional banks. We have pursued a growth strategy that relies primarily on organic growth, supplemented by the acquisition of select financial institutions or branches in certain market areas.

In recent years, we have continued to grow the business under our guiding principles of soundness, profitability and growth. Below are highlights of our expansion efforts over the past three years:

    On February 19, 2013, SCBT and First Financial Holdings, Inc. ("First Financial"), a bank holding company headquartered in Charleston, South Carolina, entered into an agreement for First Financial to merge into SCBT. Under the terms of the merger agreement, subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals and other customary conditions, First Financial shareholders will receive 0.4237 shares of SCBT common stock for each outstanding share of First Financial common stock, subject to the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares, and each outstanding share of First Financial Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A ("First Financial Preferred Stock"), will be converted into the right to receive one share of preferred stock of SCBT, to be designated Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and having such rights, preferences and privileges as are not materially less favorable than the rights, preferences and privileges of the First Financial Preferred Stock.

2


Table of Contents

    On December 13, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. ("Savannah"), of Savannah, Georgia, the bank holding company for The Savannah Bank, N.A., Bryan Bank and Trust, and Minis & Company, Inc., a registered investment advisory firm. As of February 9, 2013, the Company had successfully completed the operational conversion of Savannah.

    On April 24, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of Peoples Bancorporation, Inc. ("Peoples"), of Easley, South Carolina, the bank holding company for The Peoples National Bank ("PNB"), Bank of Anderson ("BOA"), and Seneca National Bank ("SNB").

    On July 29, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain assets of BankMeridian, a full service community bank headquartered in Columbia, South Carolina, in a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") -assisted transaction. The transaction initially added three banking locations in total in Columbia, Spartanburg, and Hilton Head Island, South Carolina.

    On February 18, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain assets of Habersham, a full service Georgia-state-chartered community bank headquartered in Clarkesville, Georgia in a FDIC-assisted transaction. The transaction initially added eight banking locations in Northeast Georgia.

    In November 2010, the Spartanburg Wealth Management office expanded its services to include a full-service branch.

    On January 29, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the deposits excluding brokered deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain assets of CBT, a full service Georgia-state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia in a FDIC-assisted transaction. The transaction initially added 38 locations, including 36 banking, one trust office, and one loan production office ("LPO") in Northeast Georgia. CBT operates as a division of SCBT.

Our principal executive offices are located at 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina 29201. Our mailing address at this facility is Post Office Box 1030, Columbia, South Carolina 29202 and our telephone number is (800) 277-2175.

Withstanding Market Turbulence

Despite the turbulence in financial markets and the financial services industry, we believe that our credit quality measures continue to outperform those of the majority of our primary competitors in North and South Carolina and Georgia. We attribute this historical performance to sound credit underwriting, small loan balances, and risk selection, as well as our approach of hiring experienced financial services professionals in the markets in which we operate. Generally, hiring bankers in the markets in which we operate has enabled us to further our growth without experiencing significant credit quality related losses like many other financial institutions of similar size or that operate in our market areas.

Available Information

We provide our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") on our website at www.scbtonline.com. These filings are made accessible as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). These filings are also accessible on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. In addition, we make available on our website (www.scbtonline.com) the following: (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) Code of Conduct & Ethics, which applies to our directors and all employees, and (iii) the charters of the Audit,

3


Table of Contents

Compensation, Executive, Wealth Management and Trust, and Corporate Governance & Nominating Committees of our board of directors. These materials are available to the general public on our website free of charge. Printed copies of these materials are also available free of charge to shareholders who request them in writing. Please address your request to: Financial Management Division, SCBT Financial Corporation, 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina 29201. Statements of beneficial ownership of equity securities filed by directors, officers, and 10% or greater shareholders under Section 16 of the Exchange Act are also available through our website, www.scbtonline.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

Territory Served and Competition

We serve customers and conduct our business through the Bank from 82 financial centers in 19 South Carolina counties, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, ten northeast Georgia counties, and two coastal Georgia counties. NCBT, CBT, and TSB are divisions of SCBT. NCBT operates from 3 financial centers in Mecklenburg County of North Carolina; CBT operates from 19 financial centers in ten Northeast Georgia counties; and TSB operates from 7 financial centers in two coastal Georgia counties.

We compete in the highly competitive banking and financial services industry. Our profitability depends principally on our ability to effectively compete in the markets in which we conduct business. We expect competition in the industry to continue to increase as a result of consolidation among banking and financial services firms. Competition may further intensify as additional companies enter the markets where we conduct business and we enter mature markets in accordance with our expansion strategy.

We experience strong competition from both bank and non-bank competitors in certain markets. Broadly speaking, we compete with national banks, super-regional banks, smaller community banks, and non-traditional internet-based banks. We compete for deposits and loans with commercial banks, and credit unions. In addition, we compete with other financial intermediaries and investment alternatives such as mortgage companies, credit card issuers, leasing companies, finance companies, money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, governmental and corporation bonds, and other securities firms. Many of these non-bank competitors are not subject to the same regulatory oversight, affording them a competitive advantage in some instances. In many cases, our competitors have substantially greater resources, can provide higher lending limits, and offer certain services that we are unable to provide to our customers.

We encounter strong competition in making loans and attracting deposits. We compete with other financial institutions to offer customers competitive interest rates on deposit accounts, competitive interest rates charged on loans and other credit, and reasonable service charges. We believe our customers also consider the quality and scope of the services provided, the convenience of banking facilities, and relative lending limits in the case of loans to commercial borrowers. Our customers may also take into account the fact that other banks offer different services from those that we provide. The large national and super-regional banks may have significantly greater lending limits and may offer additional products. However, by emphasizing customer service and by providing a wide variety of services, we believe that SCBT has been able to compete successfully with our competitors, regardless of their size.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, our Bank had 1,324 full-time equivalent employees compared to 1,071 as of the same date in 2011. We consider our relationship with our employees instrumental to the success of our business. We provide most of our employees with a comprehensive employee benefit program which includes the following: group life, health and dental insurance, paid vacation, sick leave, educational opportunities, a cash incentive plan, a stock purchase plan, stock incentive, deferred

4


Table of Contents

compensation plans for officers and key employees, a defined benefit pension plan for employees hired on or before December 31, 2005 (except for employees acquired in the SunBank acquisition in November of 2005), and a 401(k) plan with employer match.

Regulation and Supervision

As a financial institution, we operate under a regulatory framework. The framework outlines a regulatory environment applicable to financial holding companies, bank holding companies, and their subsidiaries. Below, we have provided some specific information relevant to SCBT. The regulatory framework under which we operate is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund and not for the protection of our security holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.

General

The current regulatory environment for financial institutions includes substantial enforcement activity by the federal banking agencies, the U.S. Department of Justice, the SEC, and other state and federal law enforcement agencies, reflecting an increase in activity over prior years. This environment entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs.

We are a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and are subject to the supervision of, and to regular inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board. Our Bank is organized as a South Carolina-chartered commercial bank. It is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions (the "SCBFI") and the FDIC. In addition, SCBT and our Bank are subject to regulation (and in certain cases examination) by other federal regulatory agencies, the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks, and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance. The following discussion summarizes certain aspects of banking and other laws and regulations that affect SCBT and our Bank.

Under the Bank Holding Company Act (the "BHC Act"), our activities and those of our Bank are limited to banking, managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for our Bank, or any other activity which the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve Board approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. The BHC Act also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any company engaged in a non-banking business unless such business is determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Further, under South Carolina law, it is unlawful without the prior approval of the SCBFI for any South Carolina bank holding company (i) to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank or any other bank holding company, (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a bank or any other bank holding company, or (iii) to merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amended a number of federal banking laws affecting SCBT and our Bank. In particular, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits a bank holding company to elect to become a "financial holding company," provided certain conditions are met. A financial holding company, and the companies it controls, are permitted to engage in activities considered "financial in nature" as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Federal Reserve Board interpretations (including, without limitation, insurance and securities activities), and therefore may engage in a broader range of activities

5


Table of Contents

than permitted by bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. We remain a bank holding company, but may at some time in the future elect to become a financial holding company.

Interstate Banking

In July 1994, South Carolina enacted legislation which effectively provided that, after June 30, 1996, out-of-state bank holding companies may acquire other banks or bank holding companies in South Carolina, subject to certain conditions. Further, pursuant to the Riegel-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Banking and Branching Act"), a bank holding company became able to acquire banks in states other than its home state, beginning in September 1995, without regard to the permissibility of such acquisition under state law, subject to certain exceptions. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorized banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches, unless a state, prior to the July 1, 1997 effective date, determined to "opt out" of coverage under this provision. In addition, the Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act authorized a bank to open new branches in a state in which it does not already have banking operations if such state enacted a law permitting such "de novo" branching.

Effective July 1, 1996, South Carolina law was amended to permit interstate branching through acquisitions but not de novo branching by an out-of-state bank.

North Carolina opted-in to the provision of the Interstate Banking and Branching Act that allows out-of-state banks to branch into their state by establishing a de novo branch in the state, but only on a reciprocal basis. This means that an out-of-state bank could establish a de novo branch in North Carolina only if the home state of such bank would allow North Carolina banks (including national banks with their home office in North Carolina) to establish de novo branches in that home state under substantially the same terms as allowed in North Carolina. Because some states imposed greater limits on de novo branching by out-of-state banks, prior to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), this provided a limited barrier of entry into the North Carolina banking market.

Georgia did not opt-in to the provision allowing out-of-state banks to branch into their state. Therefore, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, interstate merger was the only method through which a bank located outside of Georgia could branch into Georgia, which in effect provided a limited barrier of entry into the Georgia banking market.

On July 21, 2010, the U.S. President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act removes previous state law restrictions on de novo interstate branching in states such as South Carolina, North Carolina, and Georgia. This change effectively permits out-of-state banks to open de novo branches in states where the laws of the state where the de novo to be opened would permit a bank chartered by that sate to open a de novo branch.

Obligations of Holding Company to its Subsidiary Banks

Under the policy of the Federal Reserve Board, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it otherwise might not desire or be able to do so. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), to avoid receivership of its insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become "undercapitalized" within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution's total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

6


Table of Contents

In addition, the "cross-guarantee" provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA"), require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC's claim for damages is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or shareholder. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and shareholders in the event a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of our Bank.

Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Government Actions

The Congress, Treasury and the federal banking regulators have taken broad actions since September 2008 to address the volatility and disruption in the U.S. banking system. Several regulatory and governmental actions have been announced including:

    In October 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the "EESA") was enacted. The EESA authorized Treasury to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the "TARP"). The Treasury also allocated $250 billion towards the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP"), pursuant to which the Treasury purchased debt or equity securities from participating institutions. Participants in the CPP are subject to executive compensation limits and are encouraged to expand their lending and mortgage loan modifications. The EESA also temporarily increased FDIC deposit insurance on most accounts from $100,000 to $250,000.

      On January 16, 2009, pursuant to the CPP, SCBT sold 64,779 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T (the "Series T Preferred Stock") and a warrant to acquire 303,083 shares of common stock (the "Warrant") to the Treasury for aggregate consideration of $64.8 million. On May 20, 2009, we entered into a repurchase letter agreement with the Treasury, pursuant to which we repurchased all 64,779 shares of its Series T Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.8 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $45,000. On June 24, 2009, we entered into an agreement with the Treasury to repurchase the Warrant for a purchase price of $1.4 million. As a result of the Warrant repurchase, we have repurchased all securities issued to the Treasury under the CPP.

    On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the "Recovery Act") was signed into law in an effort to, among other things, create jobs and stimulate growth in the United States economy. The Recovery Act specifies appropriations of approximately $787 billion for a wide range of Federal programs and will increase or extend certain benefits payable under the Medicaid, unemployment compensation, and nutrition assistance programs. The Recovery Act also reduces individual and corporate income tax collections and makes a

7


Table of Contents

      variety of other changes to tax laws. The Recovery Act also imposes certain limitations on compensation paid by participants in TARP.

    On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule to require banks to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 and to increase assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011.

    In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization's incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization's ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization's board of directors.

      The Federal Reserve Board will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as SCBT, that are not "large, complex banking organizations." These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization's activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization's supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization's ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization's safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

    On July 21, 2010, the U.S. President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act is intended to effect a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gives federal regulators new authority to take control of and liquidate financial firms. The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new independent federal regulator to administer federal consumer protection laws. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have delayed effective dates and the legislation requires various federal agencies to promulgate numerous and extensive implementing regulations over the next several years. Although the substance and scope of these regulations cannot be completely determined at this time, it is expected that the legislation and implementing regulations will increase our operating and compliance costs. The following discussion summarizes certain significant aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act:

    The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to apply consolidated capital requirements to depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets such as SCBT. The Dodd-Frank Act additionally requires capital requirements to be countercyclical so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness.

8


Table of Contents

      The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increases the maximum deposit insurance amount for financial institutions to $250,000 per depositor, and extends unlimited deposit insurance to noninterest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to increase the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020 and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Effective as of July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal statutory prohibition against the payment of interest on business checking accounts.

      The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at their first annual meeting taking place six months after the date of enactment and at least every three years thereafter and on so-called "golden parachute" payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders. The new legislation also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates using a company's proxy materials. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1.0 billion, regardless of whether the institution is publicly traded or not. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters.

      Effective as of July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter or vice versa while it is the subject of a cease and desist order or other formal enforcement action or a memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter unless the appropriate federal banking agency gives notice of the conversion to the federal or state authority that issued the enforcement action and that agency does not object within 30 days. The notice must include a plan to address the significant supervisory matter. The converting institution must also file a copy of the conversion application with its current federal regulator which must notify the resulting federal regulator of any ongoing supervisory or investigative proceedings that are likely to result in an enforcement action and provide access to all supervisory and investigative information relating hereto.

      As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes national and state banks to establish branches in other states to the same extent as a bank chartered by that state would be permitted to branch. Previously, banks could only establish branches in other states if the host state expressly permitted out-of-state banks to establish branches in that state. Accordingly, banks will be able to enter new markets more freely.

      Effective as of July 21, 2012, the Dodd-Frank Act expands the definition of affiliate for purposes of quantitative and qualitative limitations of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act to include mutual funds advised by a depository institution or its affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act applies Section 23A and Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (governing transactions with insiders) to derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions that create credit exposure to an affiliate or an insider. Any such transactions with affiliates must be fully secured. Historically, an exception has existed that exempts covered transactions between depository institutions and their financial subsidiaries from the 10% of capital and surplus limitation set forth in Section 23A. However, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated this exception for covered

9


Table of Contents

        transactions entered into after July 21, 2012. Effective as of July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act also prohibits an insured depository institution from purchasing an asset from or selling an asset to an insider unless the transaction is on market terms and, if representing more than 10% of capital, is approved in advance by the disinterested directors.

      The Dodd-Frank Act requires that the amount of any interchange fee charged by a debit card issuer with respect to a debit card transaction must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer. Effective on October 1, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board set new caps on interchange fees at $0.21 per transaction, plus an additional five basis-point charge per transaction to help cover fraud losses. An additional $0.01 per transaction is allowed if certain fraud-monitoring controls are in place. While the restrictions on interchange fees do not apply to banks that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10 billion, such as SCBT, the new restrictions could negatively impact bank card services income for smaller banks if the reductions that are required of larger banks cause industry-wide reduction of swipe fees.

      The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB"), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain other statutes. The CFPB will have examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, will be subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB will have authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower's ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a "reasonable and good faith determination" that the consumer has a "reasonable ability" to repay the loan. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act will allow borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a "qualified mortgage" as defined by the CFPB. On January 10, 2013, the CFPB published final rules to, among other things, define "qualified mortgage" and specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for verification, and the required methods of calculating the loan's monthly payments. For example, the rules extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower's "income and assets" to include all "information" that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also provide further examples of third-party documents that may be relied on for such verification, such as government records and check-cashing or funds-transfer service receipts. The new rules will take effect on January 10, 2014. The Dodd-Frank Act also permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

Although it is likely that further regulatory actions may arise as the federal government continues to attempt to address the economic situation, we cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, economic control, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

10


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy

The various federal bank regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, have adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define what qualifies as capital and establish minimum capital standards in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposures, as adjusted for credit risks. Capital is classified into tiers. For bank holding companies, Tier 1 or "core" capital consists primarily of common and qualifying preferred shareholders' equity, less certain intangibles and other adjustments ("Tier 1 Capital"). Tier 2 capital consists primarily of the allowance for possible loan losses (subject to certain limitations) and certain subordinated and other qualifying debt ("Tier 2 Capital"). Tier 3 capital consists primarily of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00% is required and Tier 1 Capital must be at least 50% of total capital. The Federal Reserve Board also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average total assets (not risk-weighted) of 3%. The 3% Tier 1 Capital to average total assets ratio constitutes the leverage standard for bank holding companies and national banks, and is used in conjunction with the risk based ratio in determining the overall capital adequacy of banking organizations.

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have emphasized that the foregoing standards are supervisory minimums and that an institution would be permitted to maintain such levels of capital only if it had a composite rating of "1" under the regulatory rating systems for bank holding companies and banks. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus at least 1% to 2% of additional capital. These rules further provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve Board continues to consider a "tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio" in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization's Tier 1 Capital less all intangibles, to total assets, less all intangibles. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio applicable to SCBT.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, SCBT and the Bank had the following leverage ratios and total risk-based capital ratios:


December 31,
(In percent)
2012 2011

Tier 1 Leverage Ratios

SCBT Financial Corporation

9.87 * 9.12

SCBT

9.70 * 8.99

Total Risk-Based Capital

SCBT Financial Corporation

13.99 15.36

SCBT

13.78 15.15

*
Tier 1 leverage ratio for 2012 does not include the full impact of the acquired assets from the Savannah acquisition, given the closing on December 13, 2012. It is expected that the full impact of the average balances acquired will reduce this ratio during the first quarter of 2013.

As noted above, provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act prohibit institutions that had more than $15 billion in assets on December 31, 2009 from including trust preferred securities ("TRUPs") as Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. One-third will be phased out over the next two years ending in 2015. Financial institutions with less than $15 billion in total assets, such as SCBT, may continue to include their TRUPs issued prior to May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but cannot include in Tier 1 capital TRUPs issued after such date.

11


Table of Contents

The FDICIA, among other items, identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective Federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for "prompt corrective action" for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories. The FDICIA also imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements. An "undercapitalized" bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee the undercapitalized bank's compliance with the plan (see "Obligations of Holding Company to its Subsidiary Banks," above). In addition, the FDICIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality, and executive compensation. The FDICIA permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.

The various regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by the FDICIA, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized. Under the regulations, an institution will be categorized as:

    "Well-capitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

    "Adequately-capitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater, and is not categorized as well-capitalized.

    "Undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%.

    "Significantly-undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%.

    "Critically-undercapitalized" if the institution's tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets.

Under these guidelines, our Bank is considered "well capitalized."

Banking agencies have also adopted final regulations which mandate that regulators take into consideration (i) concentration of credit risk, (ii) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution's assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position), and (iii) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution's capital. That evaluation will be made as a part of the institution's regular safety and soundness examination. In addition, the banking agencies have amended their regulatory capital guidelines to incorporate a measure for market risk. In accordance with the amended guidelines, if we were to engage in significant trading activity (as defined in the amended capital guidelines) we must incorporate a measure for market risk in our respective regulatory capital calculations effective for reporting periods after January 1, 1998.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, an international forum for cooperation on banking supervisory matters, announced the "Basel III" capital rules, which set new capital requirements for banking organizations. The Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) introduces as a new capital measure called "Common Equity Tier 1" ("CET1"), (ii) specifies

12


Table of Contents

that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and "Additional Tier 1 capital" instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

If fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III would require certain banks to maintain (i) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% "capital conservation buffer" (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).

Basel III also calls for a "countercyclical capital buffer," generally to be imposed when bank regulatory agencies determine that excess aggregate credit growth has become associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5% and 5%).

The aforementioned capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

Upon the effective date of the Basel III capital rules, affected banking institutions will be required to meet the following minimum capital ratios:

    3.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

    4.5% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and

    8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, SCBT and its Bank would have met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III capital framework on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently effective.

The Basel III final framework provides for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the Basel III capital framework, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded, which could result in significant variations in level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of an institution's securities portfolio.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 is anticipated to begin on January 1, 2014 and to be phased-in over a five-year period (20% per year). The implementation of the

13


Table of Contents

capital conservation buffer is anticipated to begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve requested comment on three proposed rules that, taken together, would establish an integrated regulatory capital framework implementing the Basel III regulatory capital reforms in the United States. The proposed rules indicated that the final rule would become effective on January 1, 2013, and the changes set forth in the final rules will be phased in from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2019. However, due to the volume of public comments received, the final rule did not go into effect on January 1, 2013. The ultimate impact of the U.S. implementation of the new capital and liquidity standards on SCBT and the Bank is currently being reviewed and is dependent upon the terms of the final regulations, which may differ from the proposed regulations. At this point we cannot determine the ultimate effect that any final regulations, if enacted, would have upon our earnings or financial position. In addition, important questions remain as to how the numerous capital and liquidity mandates of the Dodd-Frank Act will be integrated with the requirements of Basel III.

Payment of Dividends

SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board's view that a bank holding company generally should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company's net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Funds for cash distributions to our shareholders are derived primarily from dividends received from our Bank. Our Bank is subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends. Any restriction on the ability of our Bank to pay dividends will indirectly restrict the ability of SCBT to pay dividends.

SCBT pays cash dividends to shareholders from its assets, which are mainly provided by dividends from the Bank. However, certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of its subsidiary to transfer funds to the Company in form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of the South Carolina Board of Financial Institutions ("SCBFI") is required to pay dividends that exceed current year's net income. During 2012 and in conjunction with the acquisition of Peoples, the Bank paid a special dividend of $13.425 million to SCBT to allow for the redemption of Peoples preferred stock (TARP). This special dividend along with a special dividend used to pay certain obligations assumed from the Savannah acquisition resulted in the Bank paying dividends that almost exceeded current year net income. During January 2013, the Bank requested and received approval, from the SCBFI, to pay a special dividend of $5.0 million to SCBT in order to provide working capital and the funds needed to pay the quarterly dividend to its shareholders in February of 2013. It is expected that no special dividend approval will be needed from the SCBFI during the remainder of 2013. The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC, and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

In addition to the foregoing, the ability of SCBT and the Bank to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under the FDICIA, as described above. The right of SCBT, its shareholders, and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiary is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of our Bank.

14


Table of Contents

Certain Transactions by SCBT and its Affiliates

Various legal limitations place restrictions on the ability of the Bank to lend or otherwise supply funds to SCBT and its affiliate. The Federal Reserve Act limits a bank's "covered transactions," which include extensions of credit, with any affiliate to 10% of such bank's capital and surplus. Historically, an exception has existed that exempts covered transactions between depository institutions and their financial subsidiaries from the 10% of capital and surplus limitation. However, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated this exception for covered transactions entered into after July 21, 2012. All covered transactions with its affiliate cannot in the aggregate exceed 20% of a bank's capital and surplus. All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliate must be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets from the bank's affiliate. Effective as of July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act also prohibits an insured depository institution from purchasing an asset from or selling an asset to an insider unless the transaction is on market terms and, if representing more than 10% of capital, is approved in advance by the disinterested directors. In addition, the Federal Reserve Act requires that all of a bank's extensions of credit to an affiliate be appropriately secured by acceptable collateral, generally United States government or agency securities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Act limits covered and other transactions among affiliates to terms and circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to a bank holding company, a bank or a subsidiary of either as prevailing at the time for transactions with unaffiliated companies.

Insurance of Deposits

Deposits at our Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Deposit Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged effective March 31, 2006. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund.

In November 2009, the FDIC published a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. The calculation of the prepaid assessment provides for a 5% growth rate assumption in the deposit base and a 3 basis point increase in FDIC assessments in 2011 and 2012. Therefore, if deposits grow quicker than 5%, our quarterly expense in the future will increase compared to previous periods. At December 31, 2012, the Company had a prepaid assessment to the FDIC of $2.8 million compared to $3.4 million at December 31, 2011. During 2012, the balance increased due to the acquisition of both Peoples and Savannah by a total of $2.6 million. After March 30, 2013, any remaining prepaid assessment will be refunded by the FDIC on June 28, 2013.

FDIC insured institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level of deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including our Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the Federal Reserve Board. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the Bank's deposit insurance.

15


Table of Contents

International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001

On October 26, 2001, the President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law. This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the "IMLAFA"). The IMLAFA contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers, and certain other financial institutions. The IMLAFA requires U.S. financial institutions to adopt new policies and procedures to combat money laundering. Further, the Act grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institution's operations. We have adopted policies and procedures to comply with the provisions of the IMLAFA.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), which is a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with "enemies" of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The bank performs these checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

Incentive Compensation

In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the OCC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization's incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization's ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization's board of directors.

The Federal Reserve Board will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as SCBT, that are not "large, complex banking organizations." These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization's activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization's supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization's ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization's safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

Other Laws and Regulations

Interest and certain other charges collected or contracted for by our bank is subject to state usury laws and certain federal laws concerning interest rates. Our bank's operations are also subject to certain federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the following:

    Federal Truth-In-Lending Act, which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers,

16


Table of Contents

    Community Reinvestment Act requiring financial institutions to meet their obligations to provide for the total credit needs of the communities they serve (which includes the investment of assets in loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers),

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves,

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit,

    Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978 governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies,

    Fair Debt Collection Act governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies, and

    Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The deposit operations of our bank is also subject to the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records, and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

From time to time, bills come before the United States Congress and in the North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia state legislatures that in certain cases contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structure, regulation, and competitive relationships of financial institutions. Among such bills are proposals to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from conducting certain types of activities, to subject banks to increased disclosure and reporting requirements, to alter the statutory separation of commercial and investment banking, and to further expand the powers of banks, bank holding companies and competitors of banks. We cannot predict whether or in what form any of these proposals will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected.

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

Banking is a business that depends largely on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest we pay on our deposits and other borrowings, and the interest we receive on our loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of our bank's earnings. Thus, our earnings and growth will be subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates, among other things, the supply of money through various means, including open-market dealings in United States government securities, the discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve Board, and the reserve requirements on deposits. We cannot predict the nature and timing of any changes in such policies and their impact on our business.

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and

17


Table of Contents

the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

Executive Officers of SCBT

Executive officers of SCBT are elected by the board of directors annually and serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. The executive officers and their ages, positions over the past five years, and terms of office as of February 28, 2013, are as follows:

Name (age)
Position and Five Year History With SCBT Since
Robert R. Hill, Jr. (46) President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
President and Chief Operating Officer of
South Carolina Bank and Trust (1999 - 2004)
1995

John C. Pollok (47)


Senior Executive Vice President, Director,
Chief Financial Officer
(2007 - 2010, 2012 - Present) and Chief Operating Officer



1996


Joseph E. Burns (58)


Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Chief Credit Officer (2000 - 2009)



2000


John F. Windley (60)


President and Chief Banking Officer,
South Carolina Bank and Trust Regional President,
South Carolina Bank and Trust (2002 - 2006)



2002


Renee R. Brooks (43)


Corporate Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer
Corporate Secretary and Retail & Commercial Banking Officer (2009 - 2010)
Commercial Department Manager—SCBT of the Piedmont (2005 - 2009)



1996

None of the above officers are related and there are no arrangements or understandings between them and any other person pursuant to which any of them was elected as an officer, other than arrangements or understandings with the directors or officers of SCBT acting solely in their capacities as such.

18


Table of Contents

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

Our business operations and the value of securities issued by us may be adversely affected by certain risk factors, many of which are outside of our control. We believe the risk factors listed could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also be adversely affected by additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that we currently believe are immaterial to our business operations. If any of such risks actually occur, you could lose part or all of your investment. This Report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

General Business Risks

Negative developments in the financial industry, the domestic and international credit markets, and the economy in general may adversely affect our operations and results.

Negative developments that began in the latter half of 2007 and that have continued since then in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in unprecedented volatility and disruption in the financial markets and a general economic downturn. As a result of this "credit crunch," commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have shown deterioration at our Bank and at many other institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined, however, we have seen some stability returning to the market place. Global securities markets, and financial institution and financial institution holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the ability of financial institutions and their holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. As a result, significant new federal laws and regulations relating to financial institutions, including, without limitation, the EESA, the Recovery Act, and the Dodd-Frank Act, have been adopted. There can be no assurance that these government actions will achieve their purpose. Furthermore, the potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations regarding, among other matters, lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to continue to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the issuance of additional formal enforcement orders. Negative developments in the financial industry, the domestic and international credit markets, and the economy in general and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and materially and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us.

There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will help stabilize the U.S. financial system.

In response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, a number of regulatory and legislative actions have been enacted or announced. There can be no assurance that these government actions will achieve their purpose. The terms and costs of these activities, or the failure of these actions to help stabilize the financial markets, asset prices, market liquidity and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and the price of our common stock.

Our estimated allowance for loan losses may be inadequate and an increase in the allowance would reduce earnings.

We are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans will not be sufficient to ensure full repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the lending business and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and ability to meet obligations. The volatility and deterioration in foreign and domestic markets may also increase our risk for credit losses. The composition of our loan

19


Table of Contents

portfolio, primarily secured by real estate, reduces loss exposure. At December 31, 2012, we had approximately 13,113 of non-acquired loans secured by real estate with an average loan balance of approximately $166,000. At December 31, 2012, we had approximately 24,978 total non-acquired loans with an average loan balance of approximately $102,000. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe to be adequate based on a variety of factors including but not limited to: the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans, previous loan loss experience, specific loans that have loss potential, delinquency trends, estimated fair market value of the collateral, current economic conditions, the views of our regulators, and geographic and industry loan concentrations. If our evaluation is incorrect and borrower defaults cause losses that exceed our allowance for loan losses, our earnings could be significantly and adversely affected. These risks have been exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets and the economy in general. No assurance can be given that the allowance will be adequate to cover loan losses inherent in our portfolio. We may experience losses in our loan portfolios or perceive adverse conditions and trends that may require us to significantly increase our allowance for loan losses in the future, a decision that would reduce earnings.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business.

A significant portion of our non-acquired loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 84.4% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. We have identified credit concerns with respect to certain loans in our loan portfolio which are primarily related to the downturn in the real estate market. The real estate market has been substantially impacted by the current economic environment, increased levels of inventories of unsold homes, and higher foreclosure rates. As a result, property values for this type of collateral have declined substantially and market appraisal assumptions continue to trend downward significantly. These loans carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of existing real estate since repayment is dependent on the ultimate completion of the project or home and usually on the sale of the property or permanent financing. Slow housing conditions have affected some of these borrowers' ability to sell the completed projects in a timely manner, and we believe that these trends are likely to continue. In some cases, this downturn has resulted in impairment to the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. Further deterioration in the real estate market may cause us to adjust our opinion of the level of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Such a determination may lead to an additional increase in our provisions for loan losses, which could also adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are exposed to higher credit risk by commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction lending.

Commercial real estate, commercial business and construction lending usually involves higher credit risks than that of single-family residential lending. These types of loans involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers' ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, as well as the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower's ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.

Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property's value at completion of construction equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction (including interest) and the availability of permanent take-out financing. During the construction phase,

20


Table of Contents

a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.

Commercial business loans are typically based on the borrowers' ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. In addition, the collateral securing the loans have the following characteristics: (i) depreciate over time, (ii) difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (iii) fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

Commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review, and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.

As of December 31, 2012, our outstanding commercial real estate loans were equal to 118.3% of our total risk-based capital. The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement enhanced underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.

Repayment of our commercial business loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value.

Our commercial business loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flow and general liquidity of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower and/or repayment capacity of any guarantor. The borrower's cash flow may be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Although commercial business loans are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and inventories may be obsolete or of limited use. In addition, business assets may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. Accordingly, the repayment of commercial business loans depends primarily on the cash flow and credit worthiness of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral value provided by the borrower and liquidity of the guarantor.

Our business is predominately in three states, South Carolina, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, Northeast Georgia, and coastal Georgia; therefore, continuation of the economic downturn in South Carolina, this North Carolina County, Northeast Georgia, and coastal Georgia could negatively impact results from operations and our financial condition.

Because of our concentration of business in the Southeast, continuation of the economic downturn in this region could make it more difficult to attract deposits and could cause higher rates of loss and delinquency on our loans than if the loans were more geographically diversified. Adverse economic conditions in these regions, including, without limitation, declining real estate values, could cause our levels of non-performing assets and loan losses to increase. If the economic downturn continues or a prolonged economic recession occurs in the economy as a whole, borrowers will be less likely to repay their loans as scheduled. A continued economic downturn could, therefore, result in losses that materially and adversely affect our business.

21


Table of Contents

Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The primary sources of our bank's funds are client deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters, which could be exacerbated by potential climate change, and international instability. Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to clients on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market time deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if we continue to grow and experience increasing loan demand. We may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate.

SCBT's acquisition of Savannah may present certain risks to SCBT's business and operations.

On December 13, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of Savannah, the bank holding company for The Savannah Bank, N.A. and Bryan Bank and Trust. The acquisition presents the following risks, among others:

    the possibility that expected benefits may not materialize in the timeframe expected or at all, or may be more costly to achieve;

    that SCBT's and Savannah's respective businesses may not perform as expected due to transaction-related uncertainty or other factors;

    that the parties are unable to successfully implement integration strategies, due to challenges associated with integrating complex systems, technology, banking centers, and other assets of Savannah in a manner that minimizes any adverse effect on customers, suppliers, employees, and other constituencies and integrating Savannah's workforce while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality customer service;

    reputational risks and the reaction of the companies' customers to the transaction; and

    the acquisition may require diversion of the attention of SCBT's management and other key employees from ongoing business activities, including the pursuit of other opportunities that could be beneficial to SCBT.

We may make future acquisitions, which could dilute current shareholders' stock ownership and expose us to additional risks.

In accordance with our strategic plan, we regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other banks and branch locations to expand SCBT, including potential acquisitions of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions as described below. Our acquisition activities could be material to SCBT. For example, as is the case of our proposed acquisition of First Financial announced on February 20, 2013, we could issue additional shares of common stock as consideration in an acquisition, which could dilute shareholders' ownership interest in SCBT. Acquisition activities could also require us to use a substantial amount of cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge

22


Table of Contents

against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for impairment related to goodwill would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

Our acquisition activities, including our proposed acquisition of First Financial, could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of:

    the possibility that expected benefits may not materialize in the timeframe expected or at all, or may be more costly to achieve;

    incurring the time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management's attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

    using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

    incurring the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

    the possibility that we will be unable to successfully implement integration strategies, due to challenges associated with integrating complex systems, technology, banking centers, and other assets of the acquired bank in a manner that minimizes any adverse effect on customers, suppliers, employees, and other constituencies;

    the possibility that the acquisition may not be timely completed, if at all;

    creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations; and

    losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received.

If we do not successfully manage these risks, our acquisition activities could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity.

Any acquisition of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions requires us, through our Bank, to enter into a Purchase & Assumption Agreement (the "P&A Agreement") with the FDIC. The P&A Agreement is a form document prepared by the FDIC, and our ability to negotiate the terms of this agreement is extremely limited. P&A Agreements typically provide for limited disclosure about, and limited indemnification for, risks associated with the target banks (as did the P&A Agreement related to our acquisition of deposits (excluding brokered deposits), certain other borrowings and certain assets from CBT, Habersham, and BankMeridian). There is a risk that such disclosure regarding, and indemnification for, the assets and liabilities of target banks will not be sufficient and we will incur unanticipated losses in connection with any acquisition of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions. In any future P&A Agreements, we may be required to make an additional payment to the FDIC under certain circumstances following the completion of an FDIC-assisted acquisition if, for example, actual losses related to the target bank's assets acquired are less than a stated threshold. The P&A Agreements related to our acquisitions of deposits (excluding brokered deposits), certain borrowings and certain assets from CBT, Habersham, and BankMeridian; include such a true-up provision.

In addition, the FDIC bid process for failed depository institutions is competitive. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in bidding for any target bank or for other failed depository institutions in the future.

23


Table of Contents

We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired businesses into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities.

We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our acquisition activities, including our completed acquisition of Savannah and our proposed acquisition of First Financial. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired business. In addition, the markets and industries in which SCBT and our potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. We may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. We also may lose key personnel from the acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company for acquisition during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences for us. Undiscovered factors as a result of acquisition, pursued by non-related third party entities, could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our management, and the management of those entities acquired. These factors could contribute to SCBT not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames.

New or acquired banking office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.

We may not be able to identify profitable locations for new banking offices. The costs to start up new banking offices or to acquire existing branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our non-interest expense and decrease our earnings in the short term. If branches of other banks become available for sale, we may acquire those offices. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage our growth through the establishment or purchase of additional banking offices and we can provide no assurance that any such banking offices will successfully attract enough deposits to offset the expenses of their operation. In addition, any new or acquired banking offices will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in securing such approval.

Our ability to continue to receive the benefits of our loss share arrangements with the FDIC is conditioned upon our compliance with certain requirements under the agreements.

We are the beneficiary of loss share agreements with the FDIC that call for the FDIC to fund a portion of our losses on a majority of the assets we acquired in connection with our recent FDIC-assisted transactions. To recover a portion of our losses and retain the loss share protection, we must comply with certain requirements imposed by the agreements. The requirements of the agreements relate primarily to our administration of the assets covered by the agreements, as well as our obtaining the consent of the FDIC to engage in certain corporate transactions that may be deemed under the agreements to constitute a transfer of the loss share benefits. For example, among other transactions, the following transactions require the consent of the FDIC:

    any merger or consolidation of SCBT in which our shareholders will own less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity, or

    any sale of shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into our common stock, by one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of SCBT, as determined by the FDIC with reference to the standards under the Change in Bank Control Act.

When the consent of the FDIC is required under the loss share agreements, the FDIC may withhold its consent or may condition its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable. If the FDIC does not grant its consent to a transaction we would like to pursue, or conditions its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable, we may be unable to engage in a corporate transaction that might otherwise benefit our shareholders or we may elect to pursue such a transaction without obtaining the FDIC's consent, which could result in termination of our loss share agreements with the FDIC.

Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have limited terms; therefore, any charge-off of related losses after the term of the loss sharing agreements will not be reimbursed by the FDIC and will negatively impact our net income.

24


Table of Contents

Our loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC will not cover all of our losses on loans we acquired through the acquisition of CBT, Habersham and BankMeridian.

Although we have entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC that provide that the FDIC will bear a significant portion of losses related to specified loan portfolios that we acquired through the acquired banks, we are not protected for all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to those specified loan portfolios. Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have limited terms (10 years for losses on single-family residential real estate loans, as defined by the FDIC, five years for losses on non-residential real estate loans, as defined by the FDIC, and eight years with respect to recoveries on non-residential real estate loans). Therefore, the FDIC will not reimburse us for any charge-off or related losses that we experience after the term of the loss share agreements, and any such charge-offs would negatively impact our net income. Moreover, the loss share provisions in the loss share agreement may be administered improperly, or the FDIC may interpret those provisions in a way different than we do. In any of those events, our losses could increase.

The FDIC requires that we make a "true-up" payment to the FDIC if our realized losses are less than expected.

The loss share agreements between the bank and the FDIC with respect to CBT, Habersham and BankMeridian each contain a provision that obligates us to make a "true-up" payment to the FDIC if the realized losses of each of these acquired banks are less than expected. The "true-up" calculation is scheduled to be made as of the 45th day following the last day of the calendar month of the tenth anniversary of the closing of the acquisitions of the acquired banks. Any such "true-up" payment that is materially higher than current estimates could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to a need for additional capital resources for the future and these capital resources may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments or to strengthen our capital position. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to raise additional equity capital, our current shareholders' interests could be diluted.

Our net interest income may decline based on the interest rate environment.

We depend on our net interest income to drive profitability. Differences in volume, yields or interest rates and differences in income earning products such as interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities determine our net interest income. We are exposed to changes in general interest rate levels and other economic factors beyond our control. Net interest income may decline in a particular period if:

    In a declining interest rate environment, more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities re-price or mature, or

    In a rising interest rate environment, more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets re-price or mature, or

    For acquired loans, expected total cash flows have decline.

25


Table of Contents

Our net interest income may decline based on our exposure to a difference in short-term and long-term interest rates. If the difference between the interest rates shrinks or disappear, the difference between rates paid on deposits and received on loans could narrow significantly resulting in a decrease in net interest income. In addition to these factors, if market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may limit increases in the interest rates on adjustable rate loans, thus reducing our net interest income. Also, certain adjustable rate loans re-price based on lagging interest rate indices. This lagging effect may also negatively impact our net interest income when general interest rates continue to rise periodically.

Our primary policy for managing interest rate risk exposure involves monitoring exposure to interest rate increases and decreases of as much as 200 basis points ratably over a 12-month period. As of December 31, 2012, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 2.1% increase in net interest income—as compared with a forward-rate curve interest rate scenario as the base case. As a result of the current rate environment with federal funds rates between zero and 25 basis points, simulation analysis does not produce a realistic scenario for the impact of a 200 basis point decrease in rates. These results indicate that our rate sensitivity is somewhat asset sensitive to the indicated change in interest rates over a one-year horizon.

We may not be able to adequately anticipate and respond to changes in market interest rates.

We may be unable to anticipate changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control including but not limited to inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, monetary policy, and other changes that affect financial markets both domestic and foreign. Our net interest income is affected not only by the level and direction of interest rates, but also by the shape of the yield curve and relationships between interest sensitive instruments and key driver rates, as well as balance sheet growth, customer loan and deposit preferences, and the timing of changes in these variables. In the event rates increase, our interest costs on liabilities may increase more rapidly than our income on interest earning assets, thus a deterioration of net interest margins. As such, fluctuations in interest rates could have significant adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to the possibility that more prepayments may be made by customers to pay down loan balances, which could reduce our interest income and profitability.

Prepayment rates stem from consumer behavior, conditions in the housing and financial markets, general United States economic conditions, and the relative interest rates on fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. Therefore, changes in prepayment rates are difficult to predict. Recognition of deferred loan origination costs and premiums paid in originating these loans are normally recognized over the contractual life of each loan. As prepayments occur, the rate at which net deferred loan origination costs and premiums are expensed will accelerate. The effect of the acceleration of deferred costs and premium amortization may be mitigated by prepayment penalties paid by the borrower when the loan is paid in full within a certain period of time, which varies between loans. If prepayment occurs after the period of time when the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty, the effect of the acceleration of premium and deferred cost amortization is no longer mitigated. We recognize premiums paid on mortgage-backed securities as an adjustment from interest income over the expected life of the security based on the rate of repayment of the securities. Acceleration of prepayments on the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security shortens the life of the security, increases the rate at which premiums are expensed and further reduces interest income. We may not be able to reinvest loan and security prepayments at rates comparable to the prepaid instrument particularly in a period of declining interest rates.

26


Table of Contents

Our historical operating results may not be indicative of our future operating results.

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth, and, consequently, our historical results of operations will not necessarily be indicative of our future operations. Various factors, such as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations, and competition, may also impede our ability to expand our market presence. If we experience a significant decrease in our historical rate of growth, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected because a high percentage of our operating costs are fixed expenses.

We are exposed to a possible loss of our employees and critical management team.

We are dependent on the ability and experience of a number of key management personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the financial services industry, and the markets in which we offer products and services. The loss of one or more senior executives or key managers may have an adverse effect on our operations. Also, as we continue to grow operations, our success depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage, and retain other qualified middle management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to attract or retain such personnel.

If we are unable to offer our key management personnel long-term incentive compensation, including options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units, as part of their total compensation package, we may have difficulty retaining such personnel, which would adversely affect our operations and financial performance.

We have historically granted equity awards, including non-qualified options and restricted stock awards, to key management personnel as part of a competitive compensation package. Our ability to grant equity compensation awards as a part of our total compensation package has been vital to attracting, retaining and aligning shareholder interest with a talented management team in a highly competitive marketplace.

In the future, we will be required to ask our shareholders to approve additional issuances of equity awards in order for the equity component of our compensation packages to remain competitive in the industry. Shareholder advisory groups have implemented guidelines and issued voting recommendations related to how much equity companies should be able to grant to employees. These advisory influence shareholder votes regarding approval of a company's request for approval of equity compensation arrangements. The factors used to formulate these guidelines and voting recommendations include the volatility of a company's share price and are influenced by broader macro-economic conditions that can change year to year. The variables used by shareholder advisory groups to formulate equity plan recommendations may limit our ability to obtain approval to issue additional equity awards or adopt a new equity plan. If we are limited in our ability to grant equity compensation awards, we would need to explore offering other compelling alternatives to supplement our compensation, including long-term cash compensation plans or significantly increased short-term cash compensation, in order to continue to attract and retain key management personnel. If we used these alternatives to long-term equity awards, our compensation costs could increase and our financial performance could be adversely affected. If we are unable to offer key management personnel long-term incentive compensation, including options and restricted stock, as part of their total compensation package, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining such personnel, which would adversely affect our operations and financial performance.

We may be adversely affected by the lack of soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to

27


Table of Contents

credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by SCBT cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to SCBT. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions.

The banking and financial services industry is very competitive. Legal and regulatory developments have made it easier for new and sometimes unregulated competitors to compete with us. The financial services industry has and is experiencing an ongoing trend towards consolidation in which fewer large national and regional banks and other financial institutions are replacing many smaller and more local banks. These larger banks and other financial institutions hold a large accumulation of assets and have significantly greater resources and a wider geographic presence or greater accessibility. In some instances, these larger entities operate without the traditional brick and mortar facilities that restrict geographic presence. Some competitors are able to offer more services, more favorable pricing or greater customer convenience than SCBT. In addition, competition has increased from new banks and other financial services providers that target our existing or potential customers. As consolidation continues among large banks, we expect other smaller institutions to try to compete in the markets we serve. This competition could reduce our net income by decreasing the number and size of the loans that we originate and the interest rates we charge on these loans. Additionally, these competitors may offer higher interest rates, which could decrease the deposits we attract or require us to increase rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations which could increase our cost of funds.

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge as part of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Technological developments have allowed competitors, including some non-depository institutions, to compete more effectively in local markets and have expanded the range of financial products, services and capital available to our target customers. If we are unable to implement, maintain and use such technologies effectively, we may not be able to offer products or achieve cost-efficiencies necessary to compete in the industry. In addition, some of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a customer's audited financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers, fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner, or rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

28


Table of Contents

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected because we are exposed to conditions or assumptions different from the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, included in this document, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that are considered "critical" by us because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, such events or assumptions could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

We are exposed to the possibility of technology failure and a disruption in our operations may adversely affect our business.

We rely on our computer systems and the technology of outside service providers. Our daily operations depend on the operational effectiveness of their technology. We rely on our systems to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. If our computer systems or outside technology sources become unreliable, fail, or experience a breach of security, our ability to maintain accurate financial records may be impaired, which could materially affect our business operations and financial condition. In addition, a disruption in our operations resulting from failure of transportation and telecommunication systems, loss of power, interruption of other utilities, natural disaster, fire, global climate changes, computer hacking or viruses, failure of technology, terrorist activity or the domestic and foreign response to such activity or other events outside of our control could have an adverse impact on the financial services industry as a whole and/or on our business. Our business recovery plan may not be adequate and may not prevent significant interruptions of our operations or substantial losses. The number of cyber attacks during the past year has further heightened our attention to this risk. As such, we are in the process of implementing additional security software and hiring additional persons to monitor and assist with the mitigation of this ever increasing risk.

A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers or other third parties, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Information security risks for financial institutions such as ours have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. As client, public, and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting and data processing systems, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, and hurricanes; disease pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and, as described below, cyber attacks.

As noted above, our business relies on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software, and networks to conduct its operations. Although we have information security procedures

29


Table of Contents

and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks, and our clients' devices may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our clients' confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our clients' or other third parties' business operations. Third parties with whom we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including financial intermediaries, or vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, and other third parties, including the South Carolina Department of Revenue, which had records exposed in a 2012 cyber attack, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints.

While we have disaster recovery and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a focus for us. As threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate information security vulnerabilities. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and clients, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our clients use to access our products and services could result in client attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, result of operations and financial condition.

We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely impact our financial condition.

Our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain deposit insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, we are required to pay quarterly deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. Although we cannot predict what the insurance assessment rates will be in the future, either deterioration in our risk-based capital ratios or adjustments to the base assessment rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public

30


Table of Contents

opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities, have an adverse impact on our operations, and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various regulatory agencies. SCBT is subject to Federal Reserve Board regulation, and our Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by our primary federal regulator, the FDIC, and by the SCBFI. Also, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the "FHLB"), the Bank must comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board and the FHLB. Regulation by these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our shareholders. Our Bank's activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit, and other activities. A sufficient claim against us under these laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Further, changes in laws, regulations and regulatory practices affecting the financial services industry could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could also result in heightened regulatory scrutiny and in sanctions by regulatory agencies (such as a memorandum of understanding, a written supervisory agreement or a cease and desist order), civil money penalties and/or reputation damage. Any of these consequences could restrict our ability to expand our business or could require us to raise additional capital or sell assets on terms that are not advantageous to us or our shareholders and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, such violations may occur despite our best efforts.

Financial reform legislation enacted by the U.S. Congress, and further changes in regulation to which we are exposed, will result in additional new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act has and will continue to significantly change bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and gives it broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit "unfair, deceptive or abusive" acts and practices. Additionally, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.

Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the Congress of the United States of America. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. It is possible that additional legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business.

31


Table of Contents

In addition, it is expected that such regulatory changes will increase our operating and compliance cost. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us.

We are exposed to declines in the value of qualified pension plan assets or unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that govern pension plan funding, which could require us to provide significant amounts of funding for our qualified pension plan.

As a matter of course, we anticipate that we will make material cash contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plan in the near and long term. A significant decline in the value of qualified pension plan assets in the future or unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that govern pension plan funding could materially change the timing and amount of required pension funding. As a result, we may be required to fund our qualified defined benefit pension plan with a greater amount of cash from operations, perhaps by an additional material amount.

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules is uncertain.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced an agreement to a strengthened set of capital requirements for internationally active banking organizations in the U.S. and around the world, known as Basel III. On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking that would implement sections of the Dodd-Frank Act that encompass certain aspects of Basel III with respect to capital and liquidity. On November 9, 2012, following a public comment period, the U.S. federal banking agencies announced that the originally proposed January 1, 2013 effective date for the proposed rules was being delayed so that the agencies could consider operational and transitional issues identified in the large volume of public comments received. The propose rules, if adopted, would lead to significantly higher capital requirements and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios than those currently in place.

Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act increase the capital requirements of bank holding companies, such as SCBT, and non-bank financial companies that are supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The leverage and risk-based capital ratios of these entities may not be lower than the leverage and risk-based capital ratios for insured depository institutions. In particular, bank holding companies, many of which have long relied on trust preferred securities as a component of their regulatory capital, will no longer be permitted to issue new trust preferred securities that count toward their Tier 1 capital. While the Basel III changes and other regulatory capital requirements will likely result in generally higher regulatory capital standards, it is difficult at this time to predict how new standards will ultimately be applied to SCBT and our Bank.

In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, regulators of banks and bank holding companies have become more likely to impose capital requirements on bank holding companies and banks that are more stringent than those required by applicable existing regulations.

The application of more stringent capital requirements for SCBT and the Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the issuance of additional capital, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, require us to reduce business levels and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

We are party to various lawsuits incidental to our business. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties such that the expenses and ultimate exposure with respect to many of these matters cannot be ascertained.

From time to time, customers and others make claims and take legal action pertaining to our performance of fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal actions are legitimate or

32


Table of Contents

unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in our favor, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends even if we desire to do so.

Our ability to pay cash dividends may be limited by regulatory restrictions, by our Bank's ability to pay cash dividends to our holding company and by our need to maintain sufficient capital to support our operations. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board's policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve's policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of SCBT to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Since SCBT is legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and does not conduct stand-alone operations, its ability to pay dividends depends on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to it. As a South Carolina chartered bank, the Bank is subject to limitations on the amount of dividends that it is permitted to pay. Unless otherwise instructed by the SCBFI or the Commissioner of Banking, the Bank is generally permitted under South Carolina state banking regulations to pay cash dividends of up to 100% of net income in any calendar year without obtaining the prior approval of the SCBFI. The Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the OCC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. In addition, under Federal Reserve Board regulations, a dividend cannot be paid by the Bank if it would be less than well-capitalized after the dividend. The Federal Reserve Board may also prevent the payment of a dividend by the Bank if it determines that the payment would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

If our Bank is not permitted to pay cash dividends to our holding company, it is unlikely that we would be able to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Moreover, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our board of directors could reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future.

We may issue additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities that will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock and adversely affect the terms on which we may obtain additional capital.

Our authorized capital includes 40,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2012, we had 16,937,464 shares of common stock outstanding and had reserved for issuance 340,140 shares underlying options that are or may become exercisable at an average price of $31.79 per share. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, we had the ability to issue

33


Table of Contents

1,660,440 shares of common stock pursuant to options and restricted stock that may be granted in the future under our existing equity compensation plans. Further, in connection with the planned merger with First Financial, which was announced on February 20, 2013, we intend to issue approximately 7,002,384 shares of our common stock and shares of our preferred stock, to be designated Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Stock and having such rights, preferences and privileges as are not materially less favorable than the rights, preferences and privileges of First Financial's Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, to First Financial's shareholders. The transaction, which is expected to close in the third quarter of 2013, is subject to, among other things, required regulatory approvals and the affirmative vote of both the Company's and First Financial's shareholders. As of December 31, 2012, we had no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Subject to applicable NASDAQ rules, our board generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of stock for any corporate purpose, including issuance of equity-based incentives under or outside of our equity compensation plans. We may seek additional equity capital in the future as we develop our business and expand our operations. Any issuance of additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities will dilute the percentage ownership interest of our shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock. Shares we issue in connection with any such offering will increase the total number of outstanding shares and may dilute the economic and voting ownership interest of our existing shareholders.

Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.

Our stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts' recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, new technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors, news reports of trends, concerns, irrational exuberance on the part of investors, and other issues related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of SCBT's common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for our investors to resell their common stock when they desire and at prices they find attractive. Moreover, in the past, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against some companies following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We could in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our normal business.

Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.

Although our common stock is listed for trading in The NASDAQ Global Select Market SM , the trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

34


Table of Contents

The existence of outstanding stock options issued to our current or former executive officers, directors, and employees may result in dilution of your ownership and adversely affect the terms on which we can obtain additional capital.

As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding options to purchase 340,140 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $31.79 per share. All of these options are held by our current or former executive officers, directors, and employees. Also, as of December 31, 2012, we had the ability to issue options and restricted stock to purchase an additional 1,660,440 shares of our common stock. The issuance of shares subject to options under the equity compensation plans will result in dilution of our shareholders' ownership of our common stock.

The exercise of stock options could also adversely affect the terms on which we can obtain additional capital. Option holders are most likely to exercise their options when the exercise price is less than the market price for our common stock. They profit from any increase in the stock price without assuming the risks of ownership of the underlying shares of common stock by exercising their options and selling the stock immediately.

State law and provisions in our articles of incorporation or bylaws could make it more difficult for another company to purchase us, even though such a purchase may increase shareholder value.

In many cases, shareholders may receive a premium for their shares if we were purchased by another company. State law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for anyone to purchase us without the approval of our board of directors. For example, our articles of incorporation divide the board of directors into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms with approximately one-third of the board of directors elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. This classification of directors makes it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the board of directors. As a result, at least two annual meetings of shareholders would be required for the shareholders to change a majority of the directors, whether or not a change in the board of directors would be beneficial and whether or not a majority of shareholders believe that such a change would be desirable.

Our articles of incorporation provide that a merger, exchange or consolidation of SCBT with, or the sale, exchange or lease of all or substantially all of our assets to, any person or entity (referred to herein as a "Fundamental Change"), must be approved by the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock if the board of directors does not recommend a vote in favor of the Fundamental Change. The articles of incorporation further provide that a Fundamental Change involving a shareholder that owns or controls 20% or more of our voting stock at the time of the proposed transaction (a "Controlling Party") must be approved by the holders of at least (i) 80% of our outstanding voting stock, and (ii) 67% of our outstanding voting stock held by shareholders other than the Controlling Party, unless (x) the transaction has been recommended to the shareholders by a majority of the entire board of directors or (y) the consideration per share to be received by our shareholders generally is not less than the highest price per share paid by the Controlling Party in the acquisition of its holdings of our common stock during the preceding three years. The approval by the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock is required to amend or repeal these provisions contained in our articles of incorporation. Finally, in the event that any such Fundamental Change is not recommended by the board of directors, the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock must attend a meeting called to address such transaction, in person or by proxy, in order for a quorum for the conduct of business to exist. If the 80% and 67% vote requirements described above do not apply because the board of directors recommends the transaction or the consideration is deemed fair, as applicable, then pursuant to the provisions of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act, the Fundamental Change generally must be approved by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast with respect thereto.

35


Table of Contents

Consequently, a takeover attempt may prove difficult, and shareholders may not realize the highest possible price for their securities.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.    Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located in a four-story facility, located at 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina. The main offices of SCBT and the Midlands region lead branch are also located in this approximately 57,000 square-foot building. NCBT, a division of SCBT, leases approximately 13,000 square feet in a building located at 6525 Morrison Boulevard, Charlotte, North Carolina. The main offices of CBT, a division of SCBT, are located in a 12,000 square-foot facility at 448 North Main Street, Cornelia, Georgia. The main offices of The Savannah Bank, a division of SCBT, are located in a 17,000 square-foot facility at 25 Bull Street, Savannah, Georgia. The main offices of Minis & Company are also located in this building. Including these main locations, our bank owns seventy properties and leases thirty-four properties, all of which are used, substantially, as branch locations or for housing other operational units in North and South Carolina and Georgia.

Although the properties owned and leased are generally considered adequate, we have a continuing program of modernization, expansion, and when necessary, occasional replacement of facilities.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

As of December 31, 2012 and the date of this form 10-K, we believe that we are not a party to, nor is any of our property the subject of, any pending material proceeding other than those that may occur in the ordinary course of our business, except for those described below.

Arnette Lawsuit. On January 18, 2012, two purported shareholders of Peoples filed a class action lawsuit in the Court of Common Pleas for the Thirteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Pickens, captioned F. Davis Arnette and Mary F. Arnette v. Peoples Bancorporation, Inc. , Case No. 2012-CP-39-0064 (the "Arnette Lawsuit"). The Complaint names as defendants Peoples, the members of Peoples' board of directors immediately prior to the completion of the merger between SCBT and Peoples (the "Director Defendants") and SCBT. The Complaint is brought on behalf of a putative class of shareholders of Peoples common stock and seeks a declaration that it is properly maintainable as a class action. The Complaint alleges that Peoples' directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to maximize shareholder value in connection with the merger between SCBT and Peoples, and also alleges that SCBT aided and abetted those breaches of fiduciary duty. The Complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief to prevent the completion of the merger, an accounting to determine damages sustained by the putative class, and costs including plaintiffs' attorneys' and experts' fees. SCBT believes that the claims asserted in the Complaint are without merit and that the proceeding will not have any material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of SCBT.

On April 17, 2012, SCBT entered into a memorandum of understanding (the "Peoples MOU") with plaintiffs and other named defendants regarding the settlement of the Complaint. Under the terms of the Peoples MOU, SCBT, Peoples, the Director Defendants and the plaintiffs have agreed to settle the Arnette Lawsuit and release the defendants from all claims relating to the Peoples merger, subject to approval by the Court. If the Court approves the settlement contemplated by the Peoples MOU, the Arnette Lawsuit will be dismissed with prejudice. Pursuant to the terms of the Peoples MOU, SCBT and Peoples have made available additional information to Peoples shareholders in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2012. In return, the plaintiffs have agreed to the dismissal of the Arnette Lawsuit with prejudice and to withdraw all motions filed in connection with the Arnette Lawsuit. If the

36


Table of Contents

Peoples MOU is finally approved by the Court, it is anticipated that the Peoples MOU will resolve and release all claims in all actions that were or could have been brought challenging any aspect of the Peoples merger, the Peoples merger agreement and any disclosures made in connection therewith. There can be no assurance that the parties will ultimately enter into a stipulation of settlement or that the Court will approve the settlement, even if the parties were to enter into such stipulation. In such event, the proposed settlement as contemplated by the Peoples MOU may be terminated.

Rational Lawsuit. On October 11, 2012, a purported shareholder of Savannah filed a lawsuit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York captioned Rational Strategies Fund v. Robert H. Demere, Jr. et al., No. 653566/2012 (the "Rational Lawsuit"), naming Savannah, members of Savannah's board of directors and SCBT as defendants. This lawsuit is purportedly brought on behalf of a putative class of Savannah's common shareholders and seeks a declaration that it is properly maintainable as a class action with the Plaintiff as the proper class representative. The Rational Lawsuit alleges that Savannah, Savannah's directors and SCBT breached duties and/or aided and abetted such breaches by failing to disclose certain material information about the proposed merger between Savannah and SCBT. Among other relief, the Complaint seeks to enjoin the merger. SCBT believes that the claims asserted in the Complaint are without merit and that the proceeding will not have any material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of SCBT.

On November 23, 2012, SCBT, Savannah and the other named defendants entered into a memorandum of understanding (the "Rational MOU") with the Plaintiff regarding a settlement of the Rational Lawsuit. Pursuant to the Rational MOU, Savannah made available additional information concerning the Savannah merger to Savannah shareholders in a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Rational MOU provides that the parties will enter into a stipulation of settlement, which will be subject to customary conditions, including court approval following notice to Savannah's shareholders. If the settlement is finally approved by the Court, it is anticipated that the settlement will resolve and release all claims in the action that were or could have been brought challenging any aspect of the Savannah merger, the Savannah merger agreement, and any disclosure made in connection therewith, and that the action will be dismissed with prejudice. There can be no assurance that the parties will ultimately enter into a stipulation of settlement or that the court will approve the settlement even if the parties were to enter into such stipulation. In such event, the proposed settlement as contemplated by the Rational MOU may be terminated.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

37


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

(a)   The table below describes historical information regarding our common equity securities:


2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Stock Performance

Dividends per share

$ 0.69 $ 0.68 $ 0.68 $ 0.68 $ 0.68

Dividend payout ratio

34.11 % 42.11 % 16.74 % 60.14 % 45.06 %

Dividend yield (based on the average of the high and low for the year)

1.94 % 2.26 % 1.98 % 2.67 % 1.90 %

Price/earnings ratio (based on year-end stock price and diluted earnings per share)

19.79x 17.80x 8.03x 37.42x 22.70x

Price/book ratio (end of year)

1.34x 1.07x 1.27x 1.25x 1.58x

Common Stock Statistics

Stock price ranges:

High

$ 42.13 $ 36.18 $ 41.03 $ 34.37 $ 45.24

Low

29.16 24.02 27.59 16.53 26.25

Close

40.18 29.01 32.75 27.69 34.50

Volume traded on exchanges

9,796,100 8,048,600 9,948,300 11,219,700 8,098,600

As a percentage of average shares outstanding

65.88 % 58.16 % 77.91 % 92.07 % 75.65 %

Earnings per share, basic

$ 2.04 $ 1.65 $ 4.11 $ 0.74 $ 1.53

Earnings per share, diluted

2.03 1.63 4.08 0.74 1.52

Book value per share

29.97 27.19 25.79 22.20 21.77

Quarterly Common Stock Price Ranges and Dividends


Year Ending

December 31, 2012 December 31, 2011
Quarter
High Low Dividend High Low Dividend

1st

$ 33.81 $ 29.16 $ 0.17 $ 34.00 $ 30.10 $ 0.17

2nd

35.88 30.27 0.17 36.18 27.10 0.17

3rd

42.13 34.30 0.17 31.00 24.54 0.17

4th

41.70 36.90 0.18 30.82 24.02 0.17

As of February 28, 2013, we had issued and outstanding 17,008,389 shares of common stock which were held by approximately 7,300 shareholders of record. Our common stock trades in The NASDAQ Global Select Market SM under the symbol "SCBT."

SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board's view that a bank holding company generally should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company's net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends.

38


Table of Contents

We pay cash dividends to SCBT shareholders from our assets, which are provided primarily by dividends paid to SCBT by our Bank. Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of our subsidiary to transfer funds to SCBT in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of the SCBFI is required to pay dividends in excess of the bank's net income for the current year. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our bank paid dividends of approximately $31.3 million to SCBT. Subsequent to year end, the Bank received approval from the SCBFI to pay a $5.0 million dividend in excess of the bank's net income. We anticipate that we will continue to pay comparable cash dividends from our bank to SCBT in the future without needing SCBFI approval. Dividends paid to our shareholders are evaluated each quarter by the board of directors.

Cumulative Total Return Performance

GRAPHIC


Period Ending

12/31/2007 12/31/2008 12/31/2009 12/31/2010 12/31/2011 12/31/2012

SCBT Financial Corporation

$ 100.00 $ 111.23 $ 91.72 $ 110.69 $ 100.33 $ 141.75

NASDAQ Composite Index

$ 100.00 $ 60.02 $ 87.24 $ 103.08 $ 102.26 $ 120.42

SNL Southeast Bank Index

$ 100.00 $ 40.48 $ 40.65 $ 39.47 $ 23.09 $ 38.36

The performance graph above compares SCBT's cumulative total return over the most recent five-year period with the NASDAQ Composite and the SNL Southeast Bank Index, a banking industry performance index for the Southeastern United States. Returns are shown on a total return basis, assuming the reinvestment of dividends and a beginning stock index value of $100 per share. The value of SCBT's stock as shown in the graph is based on published prices for transactions in SCBT stock.

(b)   Not applicable.

39


Table of Contents

(c)   Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities:

In February 2004, we announced a program with no formal expiration date to repurchase up to 250,000 of our common shares. The following table reflects share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2012:

Period
(a) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased
(b) Average
Price Paid per
Share (or Unit)
(c) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
(d) Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs

October 1 - October 31

$ 147,872

November 1 - November 30

1,308 * 37.25 147,872

December 1 - December 31

2,856 * 39.84 147,872

Total

4,164 147,872

*
These shares were repurchased under arrangements, authorized by our stock-based compensation plans and Board of Directors, whereby officers or directors may sell previously owned shares to SCBT in order to pay for the exercises of stock options or for income taxes owed on vesting shares of restricted stock. These shares are not purchased under the plan to repurchase 250,000 shares.

40


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents selected financial and quantitative data for the five years ended December 31 for SCBT Financial Corporation:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Balance Sheet Data Period End

Assets

$ 5,136,446 $ 3,896,557 $ 3,594,791 $ 2,702,188 $ 2,766,710

Acquired loans

1,074,742 402,201 321,038

Non-acquired loans

2,571,003 2,470,565 2,296,200 2,203,238 2,316,076

Loans, net of unearned income*

3,645,745 2,872,766 2,617,238 2,203,238 2,316,076

Investment securities

560,091 324,056 237,912 211,112 222,227

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

146,171 262,651 212,103

Goodwill and other intangible assets

125,801 74,426 72,605 65,696 66,221

Deposits

4,298,360 3,254,472 3,004,148 2,104,639 2,153,274

Nondeposit borrowings

293,518 227,119 237,995 306,139 349,870

Shareholders' equity

507,549 381,780 329,957 282,819 244,928

Number of common shares outstanding

16,937,464 14,039,422 12,793,823 12,739,533 11,250,603

Book value per common share

29.97 27.19 25.79 22.20 21.77

Tangible book value per common share****

22.54 21.89 20.12 17.04 15.88

Annualized Performance Ratios

Return on average assets

0.70 % 0.58 % 1.43 % 0.48 % 0.58 %

Return on average equity

7.15 6.10 15.45 4.66 7.00

Return on average tangible equity****

9.27 8.10 20.12 6.18 10.13

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent)

4.83 4.66 4.00 4.05 3.83

Efficiency ratio

72.20 68.77 46.68 61.17 63.17

Dividend payout ratio

34.11 42.11 16.74 60.14 45.06

Asset Quality Ratios

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans**

1.73 % 2.00 % 2.07 % 1.70 % 1.36 %

Allowance for loan losses to period end nonperforming loans**

71.53 64.19 68.71 75.38 211.34

Net charge-offs to average loans**

0.73 1.12 1.99 0.92 0.26

Excluding acquired assets:

Nonperforming assets to period end loans and repossessed assets

3.13 3.82 3.74 2.40 0.91

Nonperforming assets to period end total assets

1.58 2.44 2.41 1.96 0.76

Including acquired assets:

Nonperforming assets to period end loans and repossessed assets

3.46 5.45 5.76 2.40 0.91

Nonperforming assets to period end total assets

2.50 4.13 4.33 1.96 0.76

Capital Ratios

Equity to assets

9.88 % 9.80 % 9.18 % 10.47 % 8.85 %

Tangible equity to tangible assets****

7.62 8.04 7.31 8.24 6.62

Tier 1 leverage ratio

9.87 9.12 8.48 9.89 8.54

Tier 1 risk-based capital

12.73 14.09 13.34 12.47 10.42

Total risk-based capital

13.99 15.36 14.60 14.42 12.34

Other Data

Number of financial centers***

86 70 76 48 50

Number of employees (full-time equivalent basis)

1,324 1,071 1,015 700 692

*
Excludes loans held for sale.

**
Excludes acquired assets.

***
As of February 28, 2013, SCBT had 82 financial centers due to four branch closings as part of the Savannah branch conversion and consolidation during the first quarter of 2013.

****
A reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP is presented on page 42.

41


Table of Contents

The table below provides a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP for the five years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Operating earnings

Net operating earnings (non-GAAP)

$ 36,920 $ 14,445 $ 347 $ 16,977 $ 22,498

Gains on acquisitions, net of tax

10,226 62,453

Securities gains (losses), net of tax

130 141 187 54 (28 )

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI), net of tax

(4,447 ) (3,436 ) (6,422 )

Merger and conversion related expense, net of tax

(7,018 ) (2,217 ) (3,734 ) (263 )

Termination of group insurance, net of tax

(893 )

FHLB prepayment fee, net of tax

(2,031 )

Net income (GAAP)

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882 $ 13,595 $ 15,785

Tangible book value per common share

Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)

$ 22.54 $ 21.89 $ 20.12 $ 17.04 $ 15.88

Effect to adjust for intangible assets

7.43 5.30 5.67 5.16 5.89

Book value per common share (GAAP)

$ 29.97 $ 27.19 $ 25.79 $ 22.20 $ 21.77

Return on average tangible equity

Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)

9.27 % 8.10 % 20.12 % 6.18 % 10.13 %

Effect to adjust for intangible assets

-2.12 % -2.00 % -4.67 % -1.52 % -3.13 %

Return on average equity (GAAP)

7.15 % 6.10 % 15.45 % 4.66 % 7.00 %

Tangible equity to tangible assets

Tangible equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)

7.62 % 8.04 % 7.31 % 8.24 % 6.62 %

Effect to adjust for intangible assets

2.26 % 1.76 % 1.87 % 2.23 % 2.23 %

Equity to assets (GAAP)

9.88 % 9.80 % 9.18 % 10.47 % 8.85 %

Operating earnings is a non-GAAP measure and excludes the after-tax effects of gains on acquisitions, gains or losses on sales of securities, other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI"), merger and conversion related expense, termination of group insurance, and FHLB prepayment fees. The tangible measures above are non-GAAP measures and exclude the effect of period end or average balance of intangible assets. The tangible return on equity measures also adds back the after-tax amortization of intangibles to GAAP basis net income. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to investors in evaluating the Company's performance and capital and that may facilitate comparisons with others in the banking industry as well as period-to-period comparisons. Non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of performance or financial condition as promulgated under GAAP, and investors should consider the company's performance and financial condition as reported under GAAP and all other relevant information when assessing the performance or financial condition of the company. Non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools, are not audited, and may not be comparable to other similarly titled financial measures used by other companies. Investors should not consider non-GAAP measures in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the company's results or financial condition as reported under GAAP.

42


Table of Contents

The following table presents selected financial data for the five years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Summary of Operations

Interest income

$ 187,488 $ 171,718 $ 155,354 $ 141,798 $ 156,075

Interest expense

11,094 20,266 32,737 37,208 60,298

Net interest income

176,394 151,452 122,617 104,590 95,777

Provision for loan losses

13,619 30,236 54,282 26,712 10,736

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

162,775 121,216 68,335 77,878 85,041

Noninterest income

41,283 55,119 137,735 26,246 19,049

Noninterest expense

158,898 142,978 125,242 83,646 79,796

Income before provision for income taxes

45,160 33,357 80,828 20,478 24,294

Provision for income taxes

15,128 10,762 28,946 6,883 8,509

Net income

30,032 22,595 51,882 13,595 15,785

Preferred stock dividends

1,115

Accretion on preferred stock discount

3,559

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882 $ 8,921 $ 15,785

Per Common Share Information

Net income available to common shareholders, basic

$ 2.04 $ 1.65 $ 4.11 $ 0.74 $ 1.53

Net income available to common shareholders, diluted

2.03 1.63 4.08 0.74 1.52

Cash dividends

0.69 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68

43


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements included in this Report which are not historical in nature are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. The words "may," "will," "anticipate," "should," "would," "believe," "contemplate," "expect," "estimate," "continue," "may," and "intend," as well as other similar words and expressions of the future, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We caution readers that forward-looking statements are estimates reflecting our judgment based on current information, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from anticipated results. Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, the matters described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Report and the following:

    Credit risk associated with an obligor's failure to meet the terms of any contract with the Bank or otherwise fail to perform as agreed;

    Interest rate risk involving the effect of a change in interest rates on both the Bank's earnings and the market value of the portfolio equity;

    Liquidity risk affecting our Bank's ability to meet its obligations when they come due;

    Price risk focusing on changes in market factors that may affect the value of financial instruments which are "marked-to-market" periodically;

    Merger integration risk including potential deposit attrition, higher than expected costs, customer loss and business disruption associated with the integration of Savannah, including, without limitation, potential difficulties in maintaining relationships with key personnel and other integration related-matters, and the inability to identify and successfully negotiate and complete additional combinations with potential merger or acquisition partners or to successfully integrate such businesses into SCBT, including the ability to realize the benefits and cost savings from, and limit any unexpected liabilities associated with, any such business combinations;

    Transaction risk arising from problems with service or product delivery;

    Compliance risk involving risk to earnings or capital resulting from violations of or nonconformance with laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards;

    Regulatory change risk resulting from new laws, rules, regulations, proscribed practices or ethical standards, including the possibility that regulatory agencies may require higher levels of capital above the current regulatory-mandated minimums, including the impact of the proposed capital rules under Basel III;

    Strategic risk resulting from adverse business decisions or improper implementation of business decisions;

    Reputation risk that adversely affects earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion;

    Terrorist activities risk that result in loss of consumer confidence and economic disruptions;

    Cybersecurity risk related to our dependence on internal computer systems and the technology of outside service providers, as well as the potential impacts of third-party security breaches, subjects us to potential business disruptions or financial losses resulting from deliberate attacks or unintentional events;

    Noninterest income risk resulting from the effect of final rules amending Regulation E that prohibit financial institutions from charging consumer fees for paying overdrafts on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless the consumer consents or opts-in to the overdraft service for those types of transactions; and

44


Table of Contents

    Economic downturn risk resulting in changes in the credit markets, greater than expected non-interest expenses, excessive loan losses and other factors, which risks could be exacerbated by potential negative economic developments resulting from the expiration of the federal tax reductions, and the implementation of federal spending cuts currently scheduled to go into effect.

Additional information with respect to factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by our forward-looking statements may also be included in other reports that SCBT files with the Securities and Exchange Commission. SCBT cautions that the foregoing list of risk factors is not exclusive and not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

For any forward-looking statements made in this Report or in any documents incorporated by reference into this Report, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report or the date of any document incorporated by reference in Report. We do not undertake to update forward looking statements to reflect facts, circumstances, assumptions or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made. All subsequent written and oral forward looking statements by SCBT or any person acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this Report.

Introduction

The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") describes SCBT Financial Corporation and its subsidiary's results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, and the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, and also analyzes our financial condition as of December 31, 2012 as compared to December 31, 2011. Like most financial institutions, we derive most of our income from interest we receive on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on most of which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is the amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.

Of course, there are risks inherent in all loans, so we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb our estimate of probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. We establish and maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings. In the following section, we have included a detailed discussion of this process.

In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other expenses we charge to our customers. We describe the various components of this noninterest income, as well as our noninterest expense, in the following discussion.

The following section also identifies significant factors that have affected our financial position and operating results during the periods included in the accompanying financial statements. We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes and the other information included in this Report.

Overview

We achieved net income of $30.0 million, or $2.03 diluted earnings per share ("EPS"), during 2012 compared to $22.6 million, or $1.63 diluted EPS in 2011. Net interest income was up $24.9 million, or 16.5%, due primarily to improved yields on our acquired loan portfolio resulting in interest income being up $13.0 million, or 32.2%, and continued reduction of interest expense of $9.2 million, or

45


Table of Contents

45.3%, related to all funding categories (deposits and other borrowings). Provision for loan losses declined by more than $16.6 million compared to 2011 due to reduced net charge offs of $8.6 million and improved credit quality indicators during the year. Noninterest income declined by $13.8 million due to a $16.5 million reduction in gains on acquisitions and a $10.6 million increase in negative accretion on the FDIC indemnification asset. This was partially offset by increases in all other categories of noninterest income, especially mortgage banking income, which increased by $6.1 million. Noninterest expense was up over the prior year by $15.9 million due primarily to a significant increase in merger and conversion related expenses being up $7.0 million over the prior year and salaries and benefits being up $7.4 million from the acquisitions, merit increases, and continued rise in benefit cost. Income taxes increased by $4.4 million due primarily to the larger pre-tax income in 2012 than 2011. This increase was partially offset by more tax free income, from a larger municipal bond portfolio, being included in net income in 2012 compared to 2011.

At December 31, 2012, total non-acquired classified assets declined by $41.2 million or 22.4% to $143.2 million from the level at December 31, 2011. Non-acquired loans 30-89 days past due improved from the level at December 31, 2011 by $2.0 million, or 22.2%, to $7.2 million. Net charge offs as a percentage of average non-acquired loans for 2012 equaled 0.73% compared to 1.12% in 2011, an improvement of 0.39%. Non-acquired nonperforming assets ("NPAs") decreased to $81.1 million at December 31, 2012 down from $94.9 million at December 31, 2011, due primarily to a decrease in the level of non-acquired nonaccrual loans. NPAs as a percentage of non-acquired loans and repossessed assets decreased 69 bps to 3.13% at December 31, 2012 as compared to 3.82% at December 31, 2011. NPAs to total assets at December 31, 2012 were 1.58% compared to 2.44% at the end of 2011. These improvements in NPAs reflect the gradual improvement of the real estate market within our local markets and to a lesser degree the improvement in the U.S. economy as a whole.

Our efficiency ratio was 72.2% at December 31, 2012 as compared to 68.8% at December 31, 2011. This higher ratio was the result of the two acquisitions closed during the 2012, the conversion from a national charter to a state chartered financial institution offset partially by a decline in OREO and loan related expenses and lower FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges. Last year revenue included two gains related to two FDIC-assisted acquisitions which lowered the efficiency ratio in 2011. On an operating basis for December 31, 2012 and 2011, the efficiency ratio was 62.1% and 65.5%, respectively, excluding merger and conversion related expenses and OREO and loan related cost.

Balance sheet growth in loans and core deposit accounts continued to strengthen our overall balance sheet position. Core deposits, excluding all time deposits, now comprise 75% of our total deposit base, compared to 72% at December 31, 2011. Our non-acquired loan portfolio grew by more than 4.0% in 2011, or $100.4 million.

We continue to remain well-capitalized with a total risk-based capital ratio of 13.99% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9.87%, as of December 31, 2012, compared to 15.36% and 9.12%, at December 31, 2011. The decrease from the prior year reflects the impact of the two acquisitions of Peoples and Savannah on risk-weighted assets relative to the capital added from the issuance of SCBT common stock. We would expect the Tier 1 leverage ratio to decline to approximately 8.60% once the average asset base of Savannah is fully included in the first quarter of 2013. We believe our current capital ratios position us well to grow both organically and through certain strategic opportunities.

At December 31, 2012, we had $5.1 billion in assets and 1,324 full-time equivalent employees. Through our Bank we provide our customers with checking accounts, NOW accounts, savings and time deposits of various types, loans for businesses, agriculture, real estate, personal use, home improvement and automobiles, credit cards, letters of credit, home equity lines of credit, safe deposit boxes, bank money orders, wire transfer services, correspondent banking services, and use of ATM facilities. Through our wealth management group and Minis & Company, Inc., our registered investment advisory firm, we provide our customers with brokerage services and alternative investment products such as annuities and mutual funds, and trust and asset management services.

46


Table of Contents

On February 19, 2013, SCBT and First Financial, a bank holding company headquartered in Charleston, South Carolina, entered into an agreement for First Financial to merge into SCBT. Under the terms of the merger agreement, subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals and other customary conditions, First Financial shareholders will receive 0.4237 shares of SCBT common stock for each outstanding share of First Financial common stock, subject to the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares, and each outstanding share of First Financial Preferred Stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of preferred stock of SCBT, to be designated Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and having such rights, preferences and privileges as are not materially less favorable than the rights, preferences and privileges of the First Financial Preferred Stock.

Recent Government Actions

Please see the caption "Government Actions" under PART I, Item 1 Business on page 7.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have established various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in the preparation of our financial statements. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements. These policies may involve significant judgments and estimates that have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities. Different assumptions made in the application of these policies could result in material changes in our financial position and results of operations.

Non-acquired Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses reflects the estimated losses that will result from the inability of our bank's borrowers to make required loan payments. The allowance for loan losses is established for estimated loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined, for loans not identified as impaired, by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined, for impaired loans, on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of the Company's exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. Management evaluates nonaccrual loans and TDRs of $250,000 and above regardless of accrual status to determine whether or not they are impaired. For such loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The Company requires updated appraisals on at least an annual basis for impaired loans that are collateral dependent. Generally, the need for specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000, and once a specific reserve is established for a loan, a charge off of that amount occurs in the quarter subsequent to the establishment of the specific reserve.

Acquired Allowance for Loan Losses

Subsequent to the acquisition date, decreases in cash flows expected to be received on FASB ASC Topic 310-30 aquired loans from the Company's initial estimates are recognized as impairment through

47


Table of Contents

the provision for loan losses. For acquired loans subject to a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, the FDIC indemnification asset will be adjusted prospectively in a similar, consistent manner with increases and decreases in expected cash flows.

Probable and significant increases in cash flows (in a loan pool where an allowance for acquired loan losses was previously recorded) reduces the remaining allowance for acquired loan losses before recalculating the amount of accretable yield percentage for the loan pool in accordance with ASC 310-30. For covered loan pools, the reduction of the remaining allowance for acquired loan losses would be offset by the impact to the indemnification asset depending on each covered portfolio's loss share coverage (either 80%, in the case of Habersham and BankMeridian, or 95%, in the case of CBT assets).

Certain acquired loans, such as lines of credit (consumer and commercial) are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-20, where the discount is accreted through earnings based on contractual cash flows over the estimated life of the loan. The allowance for these loans will be determined in a similar manner to the non-acquired loan losses.

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO")

OREO, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time the property has been on the market and anticipated sales values, which have resulted in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in certain appraisals. At the time of foreclosure or initial possession of collateral, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses.

Subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO below the new cost basis are recorded through valuation adjustments. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its problem asset disposition strategy. As a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other real estate. Management reviews the value of other real estate periodically and adjusts the values as appropriate. Revenue and expenses from OREO operations as well as gains or losses on sales and any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as OREO expense and loan related expense, a component of non-interest expense.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.

48


Table of Contents

If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. Management has determined that SCBT has one reporting unit.

Our stock price has historically traded above its book value and tangible book value. During 2012, the lowest trading price for our stock was $29.16, and the stock price closed on December 31, 2012 at $40.18, above book value and tangible book value. We evaluated the carrying value of goodwill as of April 30, 2012, our annual test date, and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. Should our future earnings and cash flows decline, discount rates increase, and/or the market value of our stock decrease, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may be required.

Core deposit intangibles, client list intangibles, and noncompetition ("noncompete") intangibles consist of costs that resulted from the acquisition of other banks from other financial institutions. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. Client list intangibles represent the value of long-term client relationships for the wealth and trust management business. Noncompete intangibles represent the value of key personnel relative to various competitive factors such as ability to compete, willingness or likelihood to compete, and feasibility based upon the competitive environment, and what the Bank could lose from competition. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives, such as deposit accounts in the case of core deposit intangible, on a method that we believe reasonably approximates the anticipated benefit stream from this intangible. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets

Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in our condensed consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the tax basis and accounting basis of certain assets and liabilities, including available-for-sale securities, allowance for loan losses, write downs of OREO properties, accumulated depreciation, net operating loss carry forwards, accretion income, deferred compensation, intangible assets, and pension plan and post-retirement benefits. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded in situations where it is "more likely than not" that a deferred tax asset is not realizable. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. We file a consolidated federal income tax return for our subsidiary bank. At December 31, 2012, we are in a net deferred tax asset position which resulted from the two acquisitions in 2012. In addition, we evaluate the need for income tax reserves related to uncertain income tax positions but had no such reserves at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

49


Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment ("OTTI")

We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of interest rates, and (5) our intent and ability to retain our investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value. See page 60 "Available-for-sale" for further discussion.

Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset

We account for acquisitions under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805, Business Combinations , which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, and liabilities assumed, are recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses related to the acquired loans is recorded on the acquisition date because the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk.

Acquired credit-impaired loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, formerly American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer , and initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration are considered impaired. Loans acquired through business combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of FASB ASC Topic 310-30, but for which a discount is attributable, at least in part to credit quality, are also accounted for under this guidance. Certain acquired loans, such as lines of credit (consumer and commercial) are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-20, where the discount is accreted through earnings based on estimated cash flows over the estimated life of the loan.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the FDIC Indemnification Assets are initially recorded at fair value, and are measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferrable with them in the event of disposal. The FDIC indemnification asset is measured at carrying value subsequent to initial measurement. Improved cash flows of the underlying covered assets will result in impairment of the FDIC indemnification asset and negative accretion through non-interest income over the shorter of the lives of the FDIC indemnification asset or the underlying loans. Impairment of the underlying covered assets will result in improved cash flows of the FDIC indemnification asset and a credit to the provision for loan losses for acquired loans will result.

For further discussion of the Company's loan accounting and acquisitions, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions and Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses to the audited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

For information relating to recent accounting standards and pronouncements, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements entitled "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

50


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Consolidated net income available to common shareholders increased by $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase reflects the improved net interest income and a lower provision for loan losses partially offset by increases in noninterest expense and higher negative accretion on the FDIC indemnification asset. Below are key highlights of our results of operations during 2012:

    Consolidated net income increased 32.9% to $30.0 million in 2012 compared with $22.6 million in 2011, and decreased $29.3 million or 56.4% million from 2010, when net income totaled $51.9 million, which included a $62.4 million after-tax acquisition gain on an FDIC-assisted acquisition of CBT.

    Basic earnings per common share increased 24.8% to $2.04 in 2012 compared with $1.65 in 2011, and decreased from $4.11 in 2010.

    Diluted earnings per common share increased 23.8% to $2.03 in 2012 compared with $1.63 in 2011, and decreased from $4.08 in 2010.

    Book value per common share was $29.97 at the end of 2012, an increase from $27.19 at the end of 2011 and $25.79 at the end of 2010. The increase in 2012 was related to the addition of the two acquisitions which closed in 2012 and solid earnings of $30.0 million.

    Return on average assets increased to 0.70% in 2012, compared with 0.58% in 2011, and decreased compared to 1.43% in 2010. Our return on average assets was affected by an increase in average total assets primarily from the two acquisitions and an increase in net income caused primarily by improved net interest income and lower provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011.

    Return on average shareholders' equity increased to 7.15% in 2012, compared with 6.10% in 2011, and decreased from 15.45% in 2010. The increase reflected the higher net interest income and lower provision for loan losses compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, and the 2010 decrease was the result of the large CBT acquisition gain.

    Our dividend payout ratio decreased to 34.11% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with 42.11% in 2011, and increased compared to 16.74% in 2010. The decrease from 2011 reflects higher net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the lower provision for loan losses and higher net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with 2011.

    Our equity to assets ratio increased to 9.88% at December 31, 2012 compared with 9.80% in 2011, and increased compared with 9.18% in 2010.

The impacts of the improvement in the yields on acquired loans, the increase in average balances of all interest earning assets and a decline in the average rate of interest-bearing liabilities of 33 basis points were the main drivers causing net interest income to increase by $24.9 million, or 16.4%, during 2012. The 17 basis point decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets and the growth in the average balance of interest-earning assets of $420.8 million, or 12.8%, drove total interest income to increase by $15.8 million, or 9.2%. The higher total interest income resulted from improvement in the yields on acquired loan portfolios and an increase in the acquired loan balance with the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions. The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities grew by $145.5 million, or 5.0%; however, the 44 basis point decline in the average rate on certificates and other time deposits along with the $130.2 million decline in the average balance of certificates and other time deposits drove total interest expense to decrease by $9.2 million, or 45.3%. Overall, the higher net interest income was largely a result of higher average earning assets, improved yields on the acquired loan portfolios and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities declining more quickly than average yields on interest-earning assets.

51


Table of Contents

In the table below, we have reported our results of operations by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 1—Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)


2012 Quarters 2011 Quarters
(Dollars in thousands)
Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First

Interest income

$ 50,263 $ 49,535 $ 45,470 $ 42,220 $ 43,825 $ 45,307 $ 43,331 $ 39,255

Interest expense

2,351 2,625 2,936 3,182 3,900 4,627 5,330 6,409

Net interest income

47,912 46,910 42,534 39,038 39,925 40,680 38,001 32,846

Provision for loan losses

2,211 4,044 4,641 2,723 7,057 8,323 4,215 10,641

Noninterest income

10,900 9,166 11,744 9,473 9,663 20,791 8,792 15,873

Noninterest expense

48,139 38,031 37,509 35,219 36,548 37,158 35,048 34,224

Income before income taxes

8,462 14,001 12,128 10,569 5,983 15,990 7,530 3,854

Income taxes

2,552 4,938 4,097 3,541 1,154 5,658 2,612 1,338

Net income

$ 5,910 $ 9,063 $ 8,031 $ 7,028 $ 4,829 $ 10,332 $ 4,918 $ 2,516

Earnings Per Share

Net income, basic

$ 0.39 $ 0.61 $ 0.55 $ 0.51 $ 0.35 $ 0.75 $ 0.36 $ 0.19

Net income, diluted

0.38 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.35 0.74 0.35 0.19

Cash dividends

0.18 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the largest component of our net income. Net interest income is the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the yields earned on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, the relative balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the degree of mismatch, and the maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents our net interest margin.

The Federal Reserve's Federal Open Market Committee's target for Federal funds remained at a range of zero to 0.25% for the year ended December 31, 2012. We continued to reduce rates on all of our deposit products in 2012 in line with the historically low Federal funds target. The reductions in the rates on interest-bearing liabilities contributed to higher net interest income for 2012 as compared to 2011. The repricing of our certificates of deposits to lower interest rates and the reduction of average balances drove interest expense lower by $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. While the average balances of certificates of deposits declined by $130.2 million, the ending balance increased $159.0 million from the balance at December 31, 2011, due to the addition of Savannah on December 13, 2012. Interest expense from other interest bearing deposit accounts declined by $3.8 million compared to 2011, due to the continued reduction in rates during the year. The average rates on interest-bearing liabilities adjusted downward more quickly than the decrease in average yields on interest-earning assets.

Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2012:

    Net interest income increased by $24.9 million, or 16.5%, to $176.4 million during 2012.

    Higher 2012 net interest income was driven by a 33 basis point decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities, and by higher average balances of interest earning assets from the two acquisitions completed in 2012.

52


Table of Contents

    A decrease in the average rate on certificates and other interest-bearing deposits was the largest contributor to the rate decrease.

    An increase of 17 basis points in net interest spread and $420.8 million in higher average balances of interest-earning assets contributed to higher net interest income during 2012.

    Non-TE (non-taxable equivalent) net interest margin increased 15 basis points to 4.76% from 4.61% in 2011.

    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) increased 17 basis points to 4.83% during 2012.

    Interest-free funds favorably impacted net interest margin by 6 basis points, a decrease of 2 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease is being driven largely by the decrease in the cost of funds which dampens the impact of interest free funds.

    The yield on acquired loans was 11.13% and positively impacted the net interest margin. This partially offset the impact of declining interest rates on non-acquired loans.

Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2011:

    Net interest income increased by $28.8 million, or 23.5%, to $151.5 million during 2011.

    Higher 2011 net interest income was driven by a 48 basis point decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

    A decrease in the average rate on certificates and other time deposits was the largest contributor to the rate decrease.

    An increase of 70 basis points in net interest spread contributed to higher net interest income during 2011.

    Non-TE (non-taxable equivalent) net interest margin increased 66 basis points to 4.61% from 3.95% in 2010.

    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) increased 66 basis points to 4.66% during 2011.

    Interest-free funds favorably impacted net interest margin by 8 basis points, a decrease of 4 basis points from December 31, 2010. The decrease is being driven largely by the decrease in the cost of funds which dampens the impact of interest free funds

    The yield on acquired loans was 10.69% and positively impacted the net interest margin. This partially offset the impact of declining interest rates on non-acquired loans.

53


Table of Contents

Table 2—Volume and Rate Variance Analysis


2012 Compared to 2011
Increase (Decrease) due to
2011 Compared to 2010
Increase (Decrease) due to
(Dollars in thousands)
Volume(1) Rate(1) Total Volume(1) Rate(1) Total

Interest income on:

Non-acquired loans, net of unearned income(2)

$ 4,334 $ (4,297 ) $ 37 $ 9,459 $ (10,378 ) $ (919 )

Acquired loans, net of acquired ALL(4)

11,207 743 11,950 542 19,313 19,855

Loans held for sale

662 (47 ) 615 (19 ) (205 ) (224 )

Investment securities:

Taxable

3,293 (1,938 ) 1,355 2 (2,236 ) (2,234 )

Tax exempt(3)

2,179 (505 ) 1,674 (116 ) 7 (109 )

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and time deposits

196 (57 ) 139 11 (16 ) (5 )

Total interest income

21,871 (6,101 ) 15,770 9,879 6,485 16,364

Interest expense on:

Deposits

Transaction and money market accounts

1,054 (4,480 ) (3,426 ) 2,229 (4,081 ) (1,852 )

Savings deposits

157 (584 ) (427 ) 257 (211 ) 46

Certificates and other time deposits

(1,250 ) (4,029 ) (5,279 ) (2,997 ) (6,166 ) (9,163 )

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

48 (124 ) (76 ) (12 ) (91 ) (103 )

Other borrowings

(32 ) 69 37 (1,514 ) 115 (1,399 )

Total interest expense

(23 ) (9,148 ) (9,171 ) (2,037 ) (10,434 ) (12,471 )

Net interest income

$ 21,894 $ 3,047 $ 24,941 $ 11,916 $ 16,919 $ 28,835

(1)
The rate/volume variance for each category has been allocated on an equal basis between rate and volumes.

(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.

(3)
Tax exempt income is not presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in the above analysis.

(4)
ALL is an abbreviation for the allowance for loan losses.

54


Table of Contents

Table 3—Yields on Average Interest-Earning Assets and Rates on Average Interest-Bearing Liabilities


Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
Average
Balance
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
Average
Balance
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate

Assets

Interest-earning assets:

Non-acquired loans, net of unearned income(1)

$ 2,484,751 $ 119,592 4.81 % $ 2,397,821 $ 120,664 5.03 % $ 2,224,746 $ 121,583 5.47 %

Acquired loans, net of acquired ALL(2)

481,754 53,634 11.13 % 379,678 40,575 10.69 % 369,996 20,720 5.60 %

Loans held for sale

45,112 1,581 3.50 % 26,760 966 3.61 % 27,197 1,190 4.38 %

Investment securities:

Taxable

325,420 7,577 2.33 % 212,788 6,222 2.92 % 212,732 8,456 3.97 %

Tax-exempt

126,143 3,947 3.13 % 64,404 2,273 3.53 % 67,708 2,382 3.52 %

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and time deposits

241,332 1,157 0.48 % 202,291 1,018 0.50 % 200,126 1,023 0.51 %

Total interest-earning assets

3,704,512 187,488 5.06 % 3,283,742 171,718 5.23 % 3,102,504 155,354 5.01 %

Noninterest-earning assets:

Cash and due from banks

88,487 78,543 62,249

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

205,460 278,164 239,397

Other real estate owned

79,899 97,692 44,967

Other assets

245,667 214,227 211,442

Allowance for loan losses

(47,762 ) (48,005 ) (42,969 )

Total noninterest-earning assets

571,751 620,621 515,086

Total assets

$ 4,276,263 $ 3,904,363 $ 3,617,590

Liabilities

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Deposits

Transaction and money market accounts

$ 1,538,795 $ 3,117 0.20 % $ 1,325,344 $ 6,543 0.49 % $ 1,047,283 $ 8,395 0.80 %

Savings deposits

297,498 479 0.16 % 253,652 906 0.36 % 195,252 860 0.44 %

Certificates and other time deposits

922,377 4,828 0.52 % 1,052,563 10,109 0.96 % 1,246,372 19,272 1.55 %

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

229,185 451 0.20 % 210,098 526 0.25 % 214,096 629 0.29 %

Other borrowings

46,537 2,219 4.77 % 47,239 2,182 4.62 % 81,822 3,581 4.38 %

Total interest-bearing liabilities

3,034,392 11,094 0.37 % 2,888,896 20,266 0.70 % 2,784,825 32,737 1.18 %

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

Noninterest-bearing deposits

799,263 615,956 465,698

Other liabilities

22,759 29,395 31,214

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

822,022 645,351 496,912

Shareholders' equity

419,849 370,116 335,853

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders' equity

1,241,871 1,015,467 832,765

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$ 4,276,263 $ 3,904,363 $ 3,617,590

Net interest spread

4.70 % 4.53 % 3.83 %

Impact of interest free funds

0.06 % 0.08 % 0.12 %

Net interest margin (non-taxable equivalent)

4.76 % 4.61 % 3.95 %

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent)

4.83 % 4.66 % 4.00 %

Net interest income

$ 176,394 $ 151,452 $ 122,617

(1)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.

(2)
ALL is an abbreviation for the allowance for loan losses.

55


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income and Expense

Noninterest income provides us with additional revenues that are significant sources of income. In 2012, 2011, and 2010, noninterest income comprised 19.0%, 26.7%, and 52.9%, respectively, of total net interest and noninterest income. The decrease from 2011 resulted primarily from the $10.6 million increase in negative accretion on the FDIC indemnification asset and the $16.5 million pre-tax gains recorded for the Habersham and BankMeridian recorded in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Table 4—Noninterest Income for the Three Years


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Service charges on deposit accounts

$ 23,815 $ 22,654 $ 21,342

Bankcard services income

14,173 11,721 8,987

Mortgage banking income, net of commissions

12,622 6,271 6,564

Trust and investment services income

6,360 5,464 4,251

Securities gains (losses), net

189 323 292

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

(115 ) (1,281 )

Portion of impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive loss

(5,489 )

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

(115 ) (6,770 )

Accretion (amortization) of FDIC indemnification asset

(20,773 ) (10,135 ) 2,443

Gains on acquisitions

16,529 98,081

Other

4,897 2,407 2,545

Total noninterest income

$ 41,283 $ 55,119 $ 137,735

Noninterest income decreased 25.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 resulting from the following:

    Mortgage banking income increased 101.3%, driven by the increased volume of mortgage banking activity generated as customers refinanced their mortgage loans to take advantage of the low interest rate environment.

    Service charges on deposit accounts increased 5.1% driven by the increase in deposit accounts through organic growth combined with the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions.

    Bankcard services income increased 20.9%. This increase was primarily the result of adding bankcard customers through organic growth as well as the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions.

    Other noninterest income increased 103.5%, driven by $1.8 million in recoveries on acquired loans and a $330,000 increase in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance.

    Negative accretion on the FDIC indemnification asset increased $10.6 million, resulting from decreases in expected cash flows from the FDIC related to the loss share agreement. This decrease in expected cash flows from the FDIC was driven by improvements in the cash flows in certain acquired loan pools during 2012 (additional detailed discussion of the accretion on the receivable for the FDIC loss share agreements can be found in this section under the captions: Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset).

56


Table of Contents

Excluding the pre-tax gains from the CBT, Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions, noninterest income decreased 2.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 resulting from the following:

    Service charges on deposit accounts increased 6.1% driven by the increase in deposit accounts through organic growth combined with the Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions.

    Bankcard services income increased 30.4%. This increase was primarily the result of adding bankcard customers through organic growth as well as the Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions.

    Trust and investment services income increased 28.5% driven largely by the continued expansion of our trust asset management services in the Columbia and Spartanburg, South Carolina markets.

    Net impairment losses recognized in earnings was lower during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. We recorded $115,000 of OTTI on other equities for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.6 million of OTTI on all seven pooled trust preferred securities and $130,000 on other equities for the year ended December 31, 2010.

    Accretion on the FDIC indemnification asset decreased $12.6 million, resulting from a decrease in expected cash flows from the FDIC related to the loss share agreement, which was first identified in the first quarter of 2011. This decrease in expected cash flows from the FDIC was driven by improvement in the cash flows in certain acquired loan pools during 2011 (additional detailed discussion of the accretion on the receivable for the FDIC loss share agreements can be found in MD&A under Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset).

Noninterest expense represents the largest expense category for our company. During 2012, we continued to emphasize carefully controlling our noninterest expense.

Table 5—Noninterest Expense for the Three Years


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Salaries and employee benefits

$ 76,308 $ 68,937 $ 60,795

OREO expense and loan related

12,003 14,051 5,074

Information services expense

11,092 10,512 9,144

Merger expense

10,214 3,198 5,504

Net occupancy expense

9,817 9,674 8,544

Furniture and equipment expense

9,115 8,476 7,530

Bankcard expense

4,062 3,241 2,812

FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges

3,875 4,573 5,283

Business development and staff related

3,336 3,393 3,258

Advertising and marketing

2,735 2,729 3,618

Professional fees

2,681 1,776 2,276

Amortization of intangibles

2,172 1,991 1,650

Federal Home Loan Bank advances prepayment penalty

3,189

Other

11,488 10,427 6,565

Total noninterest expense

$ 158,898 $ 142,978 $ 125,242

57


Table of Contents

Noninterest expense increased 11.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 primarily as a result of the following:

    Salaries and employee benefits expense increased 10.7%, driven by the addition of Peoples and Savannah and increases in both incentive and merit pay for employees during 2012.

    Information services expense increased 5.5%, driven mainly by an incremental increase from the Peoples acquisitions and an increase in cost related to internet banking and general computer servicing.

    Merger and conversion related expenses of $10.2 million were incurred related to the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions along with the conversion from a national chartered bank to a state chartered bank in July of 2012, compared to $3.2 million for the Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions.

    Net occupancy and furniture and equipment expense increased 4.2% combined, driven primarily by increases from the addition of the Peoples branches in the upstate of South Carolina.

    OREO and loan related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $12.0 million, including $3.1 million related to covered OREO and loans, net of the FDIC indemnification and $8.8 million related to uncovered OREO. This was a decrease of $3.9 million, or 30.5% from 2011. The decrease was largely driven by a decline in the amount of write downs recorded for OREO properties throughout the year. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2012, we moved a former potential branch site to OREO and recorded a write down of $306,000.

Noninterest expense increased 14.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the following:

    Salaries and employee benefits expense increased 13.4%, driven by the addition of Habersham and BankMeridian and increases in both incentive and merit pay for employees during 2011. The branch consolidation initiative announced early in 2011 partially offset the impact of the Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions.

    Information services expense increased 15.0%, driven mainly by an incremental increase from the Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions and an increase in cost related to internet banking and general computer servicing.

    Merger expenses of $3.2 million were incurred related to the Habersham and BankMeridian acquisitions compared to $5.5 million for the CBT acquisition.

    Net occupancy expense increased 13.2%, driven by an increase in depreciation expense from the addition of branches in the Habersham and CBT acquisitions and an increase in lease expense primarily due to lease termination fees incurred related to the branch consolidation initiative.

    OREO and loan related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $14.1 million, including $1.6 million related to covered OREO and loans, net of the FDIC indemnification. Excluding expenses on covered OREO and loans, the expense on non-acquired loans was $12.5 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 207.5%, from the balance at December 31, 2010. The increase was largely driven by an increase in write downs of OREO properties based on results of appraisals, $1.3 million of which related to former potential branch sites that were moved to OREO during the second quarter of 2011.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate increased to 33.5% at December 31, 2012, compared to 32.3% at December 31, 2011. The higher effective tax rate in 2012 is primarily attributable to higher pre-tax net income than in 2011. Tax exempt income on municipal bonds make up a smaller percentage of pre-tax

58


Table of Contents

net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011, which also contributed to the higher effective rate.

Investment Securities

We use investment securities, the second largest category of interest-earning assets, to generate interest income through the employment of excess funds, to provide liquidity, to fund loan demand or deposit liquidation, and to pledge as collateral for public funds deposits and repurchase agreements. The composition of the investment portfolio changed from 2011 primarily as a result of securities acquired through the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions as well as purchases of GSEs and mortgage-backed securities, the sale of $29.3 million in mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal bonds, and maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments. The expected average life of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2012 was approximately 3.87 years, compared with 3.48 years at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012, investment securities were $560.1 million, or 15.1% of average earning assets, compared with $324.1 million, or 9.9% of average earning assets, at December 31, 2011. See Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the audited consolidated financial statements for our accounting policy on investment securities.

As securities are purchased, they are designated as held to maturity or available for sale based upon our intent, which incorporates liquidity needs, interest rate expectations, asset/liability management strategies, and capital requirements. We do not currently hold, nor have we ever held, any securities that are designated as trading securities. The following table presents the reported values of investment securities for the past five years as of December 31:

Table 6—Investment Securities for the Five Years


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Held-to-maturity (amortized cost):

State and municipal obligations

$ 15,440 $ 16,569 $ 19,941 $ 21,538 $ 24,228

Total held-to-maturity

15,440 16,569 19,941 21,538 24,228

Available-for-sale (fair value):

Government-sponsored entities debt

88,518 49,603 70,534 36,615 28,672

State and municipal obligations

152,799 43,957 40,004 26,805 10,558

GSE mortgage-backed securities

293,187 195,309 84,440 103,268 133,505

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

2,034 6,250 10,083

Corporate stocks

379 326 362 365 402

Total available-for-sale

534,883 289,195 197,374 173,303 183,220

Total other investments

9,768 18,292 20,597 16,271 14,779

Total investment securities

$ 560,091 $ 324,056 $ 237,912 $ 211,112 $ 222,227

During 2012, total investment securities increased $236.0 million, or 72.8%, from December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of securities acquired through the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions as well as purchases of GSEs and mortgage-backed securities, offset by $29.3 million in securities sold and maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments. The decrease in held-to-maturity ("HTM") securities was the result of called and maturing state and municipal tax-exempt securities during 2012. These are generally longer-maturity bonds that we classified at the time of purchase as HTM. Beginning in the latter portion of 2008, we began to typically classify new purchases of municipal securities as available-for-sale to increase future flexibility to sell some of these securities if conditions warrant. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the total investment securities portfolio (including HTM) was $15.2 million, or 2.78%, above its

59


Table of Contents

amortized cost basis. Comparable valuations at December 31, 2011 reflected a total investment portfolio fair value that was $10.8 million, or 3.43%, higher than amortized cost basis.

Held-to-maturity

HTM securities consist solely of some of our tax-exempt state and municipal securities. The following are highlights:

    Total HTM securities decreased $1.1 million from the balance at December 31, 2011.

    The balance of HTM securities represented 0.3% and 0.4% of total assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

    Interest earned amounted to $652,000, a decrease of $103,000, or 13.6%, from $755,000 in 2011. The average balance of the HTM portfolio decreased by $2.3 million during 2012. The overall yield on the HTM portfolio decreased by 8 basis points from 2011 and decreased by 6 basis points from 2010 attributable to maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments.

The expected average life of the held to maturity portfolio was 3.1 years and 4.2 years at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Available-for-sale

Securities available for sale consist mainly of debentures of government-sponsored entities, state and municipal bonds, and mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2012, investment securities with an amortized cost of $520.8 million and fair value of $534.9 million were classified as available for sale. The positive adjustment of $14.1 million between the carrying value of these securities and their amortized cost has been reflected, net of tax, in the consolidated balance sheet as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The following are highlights of our available-for-sale securities:

    Total securities available for sale increased $245.7 million, or 85.0%, from the balance at December 31, 2011, primarily the result of securities acquired through the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions as well as purchases of GSEs and mortgage-backed securities, offset by $27.9 million in securities sold and maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments.

    The balance of securities available for sale represented 10.4% of total assets at December 31, 2012 and 7.4% at December 31, 2011.

    Interest income earned in 2012 amounted to $10.7 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 38.8%, from $7.7 million in the comparable year of 2011. The increase in interest earned reflected the $174.5 million increase in the average balances of securities available for sale, partially offset by a 52 basis point decrease in the yield on available for sale securities, reflecting the ongoing low interest rate environment throughout 2012.

At December 31, 2012, we had thirty-one securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position, which totaled $183,000. During 2012, the credit and capital markets continued to experience turmoil globally. These situations largely reflect an ongoing decrease in liquidity in some sectors of the capital markets and volatility of spreads (over the U.S. Treasury yield curve) that many market segments experienced during the period. See Note 3—Investment Securities in the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Investment securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2012 continue to perform as scheduled. We have the intent to hold all securities within the portfolio until their maturity or until their value recovers and it is more-likely-than-not that we will not be required to sell the debt securities. Therefore, we do not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012. We continue to monitor all of these securities with a high degree of scrutiny.

60


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that we will not conclude in future periods that conditions existing at that time indicate some or all of these securities are other than temporarily impaired, which would require a charge to earnings in such periods. Any charges for other-than-temporary impairment related to securities available for sale would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

While securities classified as available for sale may be sold from time to time to meet liquidity or other needs, it is not our normal practice to trade this segment of the investment securities portfolio. While we generally hold these assets on a long-term basis or until maturity, any short-term investments or securities available for sale could be sold at an earlier point, depending partly on changes in interest rates and alternative investment opportunities.

Other Investments

Other investment securities primarily include our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") stock, with no readily determinable market value. The amortized cost and fair value of all these securities are equal at year end. As of December 31, 2012, the investment in FHLB stock represented approximately $8.1 million, or 0.15% of total assets. The following factors have been evaluated and considered in determining the carrying amount of the FHLB stock:

    We evaluate ultimate recoverability of the par value.

    We currently have sufficient liquidity or have access to other sources of liquidity to meet all operational needs in the foreseeable future, and would not have the need to dispose of this stock below the recorded amount.

    Historically, the FHLB does not allow for discretionary purchases or sales of its stock. Redemptions of the stock occur at the discretion of the FHLB, subsequent to the maturity of outstanding advances held by the member institutions. We redeemed, net of acquired positions approximately $4.0 million of our investment during 2012, at par value.

    Given the expectation that the various FHLBs have a high degree of government support, we have determined that the debt ratings are likely to remain unchanged and the FHLB has the ability to absorb economic losses.

    Our holdings of FHLB stock are not intended for the receipt of dividends or stock growth, but for the purpose and right to receive advances, or funding. We deem the FHLB's process of determining after each quarter end whether it will pay a dividend and, if so, the amount, as essentially similar to standard practices by most dividend-paying companies. Based on the FHLB's performance over the past fourteen consecutive quarters, starting with the second quarter 2009, the FHLB has announced a dividend payment after each quarter's performance, with the most recent dividend payment of 2.43% on November 6, 2012 related to the third quarter of 2012.

For the reasons above, we have concluded that our holdings of FHLB stock are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012 and ultimate recoverability of the par value of this investment is probable.

61


Table of Contents

Table 7—Maturity Distribution and Yields of Investment Securities


Due In
1 Year or Less
Due After
1 Thru 5 Years
Due After
5 Thru 10 Years
Due After
10 Years





Total


Par
Value
Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield

Held-to-maturity

State and municipal obligations(2)(3)

$ 733 7.35 % $ 1,451 6.07 % $ 9,256 5.99 % $ 4,000 5.93 % $ 15,440 6.05 % $ 15,460 $ 16,553

Total held-to-maturity

733 7.35 % 1,451 6.07 % 9,256 5.99 % 4,000 5.93 % 15,440 6.05 % 15,460 16,553

Available-for-sale

Government-sponsored entities debt(4)

1,040 0.72 % 6,306 1.67 % 33,144 2.17 % 48,028 3.00 % 88,518 2.57 % 87,609 88,518

State and municipal obligations(2)(3)

2,643 2.27 % 9,414 2.55 % 37,516 3.95 % 103,226 4.98 % 152,799 4.53 % 141,562 152,799

Mortgage-backed securities(5)

3 5.92 % 1,000 2.22 % 25,052 2.77 % 267,132 2.50 % 293,187 2.52 % 278,693 293,187

Corporate stocks(1)

0.00 % 0.00 % 0.00 % 379 3.23 % 379 3.23 % 379 379

Total available-for-sale

3,686 1.84 % 16,720 2.20 % 95,712 3.02 % 418,765 3.17 % 534,883 3.10 % 508,243 534,883

Total other investments(1)

0.00 % 0.00 % 0.00 % 9,768 2.32 % 9,768 2.32 % 9,768 9,768

Total investment securities(6)

$ 4,419 2.75 % $ 18,171 2.51 % $ 104,968 3.29 % $ 432,533 3.18 % $ 560,091 3.17 % $ 533,471 $ 561,204

Percent of total

1 % 3 % 19 % 77 %

Cumulative percent of total

1 % 4 % 23 % 100 %

(1)
FHLB and other corporate stocks have no set maturity date and are classified in "Due after 10 Years."

(2)
Yields on tax-exempt income have been presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in the above table.

(3)
The expected average life for state and municipal obligations is 5.77 years; 3.13 years for held-to-maturity and 6.05 years for available-for-sale.

(4)
The expected average life for government-sponsored entities debt securities is 1.48 years.

(5)
The expected average life for mortgage-backed securities is 3.51 years.

(6)
The expected average life for the total investment securities portfolio is 3.87 years (not including FHLB and corporate stock with no maturity date).

Loan Portfolio

Our loan portfolio remains our largest category of interest-earning assets. The addition of $835.6 million in acquired loans in the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions along with a 5.1% increase in consumer real estate loans, a 5.6% increase in commercial owner occupied real estate loans, and a 26.9% increase in commercial and industrial loans contributed to overall loan growth for the year ended December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, total loans had grown to $3.6 billion, an increase of $773.0 million, or 26.9%, compared to $2.9 billion at the end of 2011. Average loans outstanding during 2012 were $3.0 billion, an increase of $189.0 million, or 6.8%, over the 2011 average of $2.8 billion. (For further discussion of the Company's acquired loan accounting, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions and Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses in the consolidated financial statements.)

62


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the non-acquired loan portfolio by type:

Table 8—Distribution of Non-Acquired Loans by Type


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Real estate:

Commercial non-owner occupied(1)

563,491 610,543 712,190 770,934 866,430

Consumer(2)

689,787 656,515 589,431 533,123 515,546

Commercial owner occupied real estate

784,152 742,890 578,587 469,101 423,345

Commercial and industrial

279,763 220,454 202,987 214,174 251,929

Other income producing property

133,713 140,693 124,431 137,736 141,516

Consumer

86,934 85,342 67,768 68,770 95,098

Other loans

33,163 14,128 20,806 9,400 22,212

Total non-acquired loans

$ 2,571,003 $ 2,470,565 $ 2,296,200 $ 2,203,238 $ 2,316,076

(1)
Includes $273.4 million of construction and land development loans in 2012 vs. $310.8 million in 2011.

(2)
Includes owner occupied real estate.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the Company aggregated acquired loans that have common risk characteristics into pools within the following loan categories: commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT, commercial real estate, commercial real estate—construction and development, residential real estate, residential real estate junior lien, home equity, consumer, commercial and industrial, and single pay. Single pay loans consist of those instruments for which repayment of principal and interest is expected at maturity. Certain acquired loans, such as lines of credit (consumer and commercial) are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-20. The following table presents the acquired loans by type:

Table 9—Distribution of Acquired Loans by Type


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Acquired loans:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

$ 49,684 $ 60,829 $ 84,288

Commercial real estate

372,924 108,327 66,628

Commercial real estate—construction and development

130,451 51,005 32,312

Residential real estate

355,127 128,650 92,737

Consumer

15,685 10,019 10,915

Commercial and industrial

72,884 39,311 24,742

Single pay

4,772 4,060 9,416

FASB ASC Topic 310-20 acquired loans

73,215

Total acquired loans

$ 1,074,742 $ 402,201 $ 321,038

The Company did not have any acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Real estate mortgage loans continue to comprise the largest segment of our loan portfolio. All commercial and residential loans secured by real estate are included in this category. As of December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011:

    Acquired loans were $1.1 billion, or 29.5% of total loans at December 31, 2012.

63


Table of Contents

    Non-acquired loans secured by real estate mortgages, excluding commercial owner occupied loans, were $1.3 billion, and comprised 34.4% of the total loan portfolio. This was a decrease of $13.8 million, or 1.1%, over year-end 2011.

    Loans secured by commercial real estate, excluding commercial owner occupied loans, decreased by $47.1 million, or 7.7%.

    Loans secured by consumer real estate grew by $33.3 million, or 5.1%.

    Commercial owner occupied real estate loans grew $41.3 million, or 5.6%, from the comparable year of 2011. The balance represented 21.5% of total loans at December 31, 2012.

Loan interest income was $174.8 million in 2012, an increase of $12.6 million, or 7.8%, over 2011 income of $162.2 million. The increase was the result of the 6.8% growth in the average balance of the loan portfolio from the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions and organic growth combined with an average acquired loan portfolio yield in 2012 of 11.1% which was 44 basis points higher than the 10.7% loan yield in 2011, offset by an average non-acquired loan portfolio yield in 2011 of 4.81% which was 22 basis points lower than the 5.03% loan yield in 2011. Interest income for 2011 was 13.0% higher than the 2010 income of $143.5 million. The average loan yield of the non-acquired loan portfolio in 2011 was 44 basis points lower than the 2010 yield of 5.47%.

Non-acquired loans secured by commercial real estate were comprised of $273.4 million in construction and land development loans and $290.1 million in commercial non-owner occupied loans at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2011, we had $310.8 million in construction and land development loans and $299.7 million in commercial non-owner occupied loans. Construction and land development loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during the current downturn in the business cycle.

Non-acquired loans secured by consumer real estate comprised of $434.5 million in consumer owner occupied loans and $255.3 million in home equity loans at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2011, we had $391.5 million in consumer owner occupied loans and $265.0 million in home equity loans.

The table below shows the contractual maturity of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012.

Table 10—Maturity Distribution of Loans

December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total 1 Year
or Less
Maturity
1 to 5 Years
Over
5 Years

Real estate:

Commercial non-owner occupied

$ 563,491 $ 181,697 $ 266,397 $ 115,397

Consumer

689,787 57,549 192,469 439,769

Commercial owner occupied real estate

784,152 86,541 456,544 241,067

Commercial and industrial

279,763 116,240 117,649 45,874

Other income producing property

133,713 52,255 65,233 16,225

Consumer

86,934 9,043 72,196 5,695

Other loans

33,163 6,577 15,295 11,291

Acquired loans

1,074,742 434,029 442,344 198,369

Total loans

$ 3,645,745 $ 943,931 $ 1,628,127 $ 1,073,687

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, our non-acquired commercial non-owner-occupied real estate loans, with fixed rates and maturities greater than a year, had a balance of $287.5 million and $299.2 million, respectively. The adjustable interest rate loan balance in this loan category was

64


Table of Contents

$94.3 million and $122.7 million, respectively. The non-acquired commercial owner occupied loans, with fixed rates and maturities greater than a year, had a balance of $666.7 million and $627.7 million, respectively. The adjustable interest rate loan balance in this loan category was $30.9 million and $36.0 million, respectively. The non-acquired commercial and industrial loan category, with fixed rates and maturities greater than a year, had a balance of $141.1 million and $113.8 million, respectively. The adjustable interest rate loan balance in this loan category was $22.5 million and $26.2 million, respectively.

Nonaccrual Loans

Generally, we place a non-acquired loan on nonaccrual when the loan becomes 90 days or more past due. Management does place loans which are not 90 days or more past due on nonaccrual based upon management's judgment of collectability of principal and interest.

Troubled Debt Restructurings ("TDRs")

SCBT designates loan modifications as TDRs when, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, it grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider (ASC Topic 310.40). Loans on nonaccrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as nonaccrual TDRs. Loans on accruing status at the date of concession are initially classified as accruing TDRs if the note is reasonably assured of repayment and performance is expected in accordance with its modified terms. Such loans may be designated as nonaccrual loans subsequent to the concession date if reasonable doubt exists as to the collection of interest or principal under the restructuring agreement. TDRs are returned to accruing status when there is economic substance to the restructuring, there is documented credit evaluation of the borrower's financial condition, the remaining balance is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with its modified terms, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained repayment performance in accordance with the modified terms for a reasonable period of time (generally a minimum of six months). At December 31, 2012 and 2011, total TDRs were $19.4 million and $17.6 million, respectively, of which $6.3 million were accruing restructured loans at December 31, 2012, compared to $5.8 million at December 31, 2011. SCBT does not have significant commitments to lend additional funds to these borrowers whose loans have been modified.

65


Table of Contents

The level of risk elements in the loan portfolio, OREO and other nonperforming assets for the past five years is shown below:

Table 11—Nonperforming Assets


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Nonaccrual loans(1)

$ 48,387 $ 64,170 $ 62,661 $ 47,444 $ 14,624

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

500 926 118 241 293

Restructured loans

13,151 11,807 6,365 2,048

Total nonperforming loans

62,038 76,903 69,144 49,733 14,917

Other real estate owned ("OREO")(2)

19,069 18,022 17,264 3,102 6,126

Other nonperforming assets(3)

24 50 31 84

Total nonperforming assets excluding acquired assets

81,107 94,949 86,458 52,866 21,127

Acquired covered OREO

34,257 65,849 69,317

Acquired non-covered OREO

13,179

Other covered nonperforming assets

44 251 19

Total nonperforming assets

$ 128,587 $ 161,049 $ 155,794 $ 52,866 $ 21,127

Excluding acquired assets:

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and repossessed assets(4)

3.13 % 3.82 % 3.74 % 2.40 % 0.91 %

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

1.58 % 2.44 % 2.41 % 1.96 % 0.76 %

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of period end loans(4)

2.41 % 3.11 % 3.01 % 2.26 % 0.64 %

Including acquired assets:

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and repossessed assets(4)

3.46 % 5.45 % 5.76 % 2.40 % 0.91 %

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

2.50 % 4.13 % 4.33 % 1.96 % 0.76 %

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of period end loans(4)

1.70 % 2.68 % 2.64 % 2.26 % 0.64 %

(1)
Excludes the acquired loans that are contractually past due totaling $83.1 million, $97.6 million, and $93.6 million as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, including the valuation discount. Acquired loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under FASB ASC Topic 310-30. (For further discussion of the Company's application of the accretion method, see Business Combinations, Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired, and FDIC Indemnification Asset under Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the consolidated financial statements.)

(2)
Includes certain real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure and property not intended for bank use.

(3)
Consists of non-real estate foreclosed assets, such as repossessed vehicles.

(4)
Loan data excludes mortgage loans held for sale.

66


Table of Contents

Excluding the acquired loans, total nonperforming loans were $62.0 million, or 2.41% of total loans, a decrease of $14.9 million, or 19.3%, from December 31, 2011. The decrease in nonaccrual loans was driven by a decrease in commercial nonaccrual loans of $13.0 million and a decrease in consumer nonaccrual loans of $1.4 million.

Nonperforming non-acquired loans and restructured loans increased by approximately $2.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2012 from the level at September 30, 2012. This was primarily the result of two larger loans being placed on nonaccrual in the fourth quarter (one on the coast of South Carolina and the other in the inland). The top 10 nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2012 consist of five loans located along the coast of South Carolina, two in Orangeburg, one in the Columbia MSA, and two located in the Charlotte MSA, and total $18.5 million. These loans comprise 30.1% of total nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2012 and are all real estate collateral dependent. The Company currently holds specific reserves of $1.2 million on three of these ten loans. Eight of the loans have had appraisals in 2012 and two in 2011. Of our non-acquired nonperforming loan balance of $62.0 million at December 31, 2012, 45.2% is in South Carolina coastal markets.

At December 31, 2012, non-acquired OREO (not covered) increased by $1.0 million from the balance at December 31, 2011 to $19.1 million. At December 31, 2012, non-acquired OREO consisted of 91 properties with an average value of $210,000, an increase of $10,000 from December 31, 2011, when we had 90 properties. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we added 21 properties with an aggregate value of $3.8 million into non-acquired OREO, and we sold 21 properties with a basis of $4.3 million in that same quarter. We recorded a net loss of $9,000 on the properties sold during the quarter. We also wrote down 10 properties during the fourth quarter by $765,000. Our non-acquired OREO balance of $19.1 million, at December 31, 2012, is comprised of 17% in the Orangeburg, SC area, 4% in the Myrtle Beach, SC MSA, 25% in the Hilton Head/Beaufort, SC MSA, 9% in the Charleston, SC MSA 13% in the Charlotte, NC MSA, 10% in the Columbia, SC MSA and 12% in the Greenville/Spartanburg, SC MSA.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company auctioned 175 properties located in various counties in North Georgia. All of these assets were held in the Company's acquired covered OREO portfolio, and were covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC at 95% in the case of CBT and 80% in the case of Habersham Bank. As of December 31, 2012, 140 of these assets have been sold at a loss, net of the FDIC loss share agreement, of $71,000. These assets had a carrying value of $7.6 million. In January 2013, the Company sold another 20 of these assets at a gain, net of the FDIC loss share agreement, of $52,000. These had a carrying value of $800,000. Eight of the properties did not close due to termination of the contract by either party, and seven contracts have been extended. Of the seven extended contracts none are material to the results of the company and the current carrying value of these assets totals $296,000.

Overall, we continue to believe that the loan portfolio remains manageable in terms of charge-offs and NPAs as a percentage of total loans. Given the industry-wide rise in credit costs, we have taken additional proactive measures to identify problem loans including in-house and independent review of larger transactions. Our policy for evaluating problem loans and OREO values includes obtaining new certified real estate appraisals as needed. We continue to monitor and review frequently the overall asset quality within the loan portfolio.

Our general policy is to obtain updated OREO valuations annually for non-covered assets. OREO valuations for non-single family assets covered by loss share agreements are generally obtained every six months. OREO valuations include appraisals, broker opinions, previous offers received on the property, and consideration of market conditions and the number of days the property has been on the market. In a market of declining property values, which we have experienced over the past four years, we may reduce an appraisal by an additional factor due to our knowledge and experience in the market. (See Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") under Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates in Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion on the Company's OREO policies.)

67


Table of Contents

Potential Problem Loans—Non-acquired

Potential problem loans, which are not included in nonperforming loans, amounted to approximately $8.0 million, or 0.31% of total non-acquired loans outstanding at December 31, 2012, compared to $14.4 million, or 0.58% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011, and $12.3 million, or 0.49% of total non-acquired loans outstanding at September 30, 2012. Potential problem loans represent those loans with a well-defined weakness and where information about possible credit problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts about the borrower's ability to comply with present repayment terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses

On December 13, 2006, the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and other regulatory agencies collectively revised the banking agencies' 1993 policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses to ensure consistency with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and more recent supervisory guidance. Our loan loss policy adheres to the interagency guidance.

The allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates made by management. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that we believe is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans that are determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of our loan portfolio. Arriving at the allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and results in a range of estimated losses. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of the allowance through our internal risk rating system, outside credit review, and regulatory agency examinations to assess the quality of the loan portfolio and identify problem loans. The evaluation process also includes our analysis of current economic conditions, composition of the loan portfolio, past due and nonaccrual loans, concentrations of credit, lending policies and procedures, and historical loan loss experience. The provision for loan losses is charged to expense in an amount necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level.

The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of our exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. These are loans classified by management as nonaccrual and graded doubtful or substandard. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Generally, the need for a specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the calculation of the general reserves.

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased loans, and in subsequent accounting, SCBT generally aggregates purchased loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics. Expected cash flows at the acquisition date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans using a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows of the pool is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in expected cash flows after the acquisition date are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Evidence of credit quality deterioration for the loan pools may include information such as increased past-due and nonaccrual levels and migration in the pools to lower loan grades. Offsetting

68


Table of Contents

the impact of the provision established for the loan, the receivable from the FDIC is adjusted to reflect the indemnified portion of the post-acquisition exposure with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. (For further discussion of the Company's allowance for loan losses on acquired loans, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions and Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses in the consolidated financial statements.)

The following tables provide the allocation for the non-acquired and acquired allowance for loan losses. There was no allowance for acquired loan losses prior to 2011.

Table 12—Allocation of the Non-Acquired Allowance for Loan Losses


2012 2011 2010 2009 2008
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount %* Amount %* Amount %* Amount %* Amount %*

Real estate:

Commercial non-owner occupied

$ 15,757 21.9 % $ 18,482 24.6 % $ 20,670 31.0 % $ 14,961 35.0 % $ 11,960 37.4 %

Consumer owner occupied

10,194 26.8 % 11,722 26.6 % 10,484 25.7 % 8,386 24.2 % 6,909 22.2 %

Commercial owner occupied real estate

8,743 30.5 % 10,356 30.1 % 7,814 25.2 % 5,978 21.3 % 4,865 18.3 %

Commercial and industrial

4,939 10.9 % 3,901 8.9 % 4,313 8.8 % 4,330 9.7 % 3,936 10.9 %

Other income producing property

3,747 5.2 % 3,636 5.7 % 2,834 5.4 % 2,375 6.3 % 1,890 6.1 %

Consumer

781 3.4 % 1,145 3.5 % 1,191 3.0 % 1,258 3.1 % 1,511 4.1 %

Other loans

217 1.3 % 125 0.6 % 206 0.9 % 200 0.4 % 454 1.0 %

Total

$ 44,378 100.0 % $ 49,367 100.0 % $ 47,512 100.0 % $ 37,488 100.0 % $ 31,525 100.0 %

*
Loan carrying value in each category, expressed as a percentage of total non-acquired loans

Table 13—Allocation of the Acquired Allowance for Loan Losses


2012 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount %* Amount %*

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

$ 15,408 4.6 % $ 16,706 15.1 %

Commercial real estate

1,517 34.8 % 1,318 26.9 %

Commercial real estate—construction and development

1,628 12.1 % 12.7 %

Residential real estate

4,616 33.0 % 5,471 32.0 %

Consumer

96 1.5 % 2.5 %

Commercial and industrial

4,305 6.8 % 4,564 9.8 %

Single pay

4,562 0.4 % 3,561 1.0 %

FASB ASC Topic 310-20 acquired loans

6.8 % 0.0 %

Total

$ 32,132 100.0 % $ 31,620 100.0 %

*
Loan carrying value in each category, expressed as a percentage of total acquired loans

69


Table of Contents

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses on non-acquired loans for the five years at December 31:

Table 14—Summary of Non-Acquired Loan Loss Experience


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Allowance for loan losses at January 1

$ 49,367 $ 47,512 $ 37,488 $ 31,525 $ 26,570

Charge-offs:

Real estate:

Commercial non-owner occupied

(10,802 ) (15,653 ) (22,161 ) (12,736 ) (1,532 )

Consumer

(3,244 ) (5,524 ) (9,775 ) (3,340 ) (1,263 )

Commercial owner occupied real estate

(2,781 ) (2,346 ) (2,625 ) (571 ) (61 )

Commercial and industrial

(2,033 ) (1,872 ) (9,138 ) (2,528 ) (1,449 )

Other income producing property

(924 ) (2,366 ) (338 ) (867 ) (185 )

Consumer *

(2,146 ) (1,337 ) (2,780 ) (2,005 ) (2,263 )

Other loans

(111 ) (3 ) (1 )

Total charge-offs

(21,930 ) (29,209 ) (46,817 ) (22,050 ) (6,754 )

Recoveries:

Real estate:

Commercial non-owner occupied

1,710 662 814 381 103

Consumer

724 356 194 38 94

Commercial owner occupied real estate

5 158 126 4 11

Commercial and industrial

228 295 713 192 140

Other income producing property

361 293 6 3 4

Consumer *

728 645 706 681 620

Other loans

2 1

Total recoveries

3,756 2,409 2,559 1,301 973

Net charge-offs

(18,174 ) (26,800 ) (44,258 ) (20,749 ) (5,781 )

Provision for loan losses

13,185 28,655 54,282 26,712 10,736

Allowance for loan losses at December 31

$ 44,378 $ 49,367 $ 47,512 $ 37,488 $ 31,525

Average loans, net of unearned income **

$ 2,966,505 $ 2,777,499 $ 2,594,742 $ 2,248,568 $ 2,220,448

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans, net of unearned income *

0.73 % 1.12 % 1.99 % 0.92 % 0.26 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-acquired loans

1.73 % 2.00 % 2.07 % 1.70 % 1.36 %

*
Net charge-offs at December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008 include automated overdraft protection ("AOP") principal net charge-offs of $813,000, $515,000, $610,000, $572,000, and $559,000, respectively, and insufficient fund ("NSF") principal net charge-offs of $251,000, $122,000, $263,000, $59,000, and $91,000, respectively, that are included in the consumer classification above.

**
Average loans, net of unearned income does not include loans held for sale.

70


Table of Contents

The lower non-acquired provision in 2012 reflects lower net charge-offs than in 2011. The following provides highlights for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

    Total net charge-offs decreased $8.6 million, or 32.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a $17.5 million, or 39.4%, decrease for the comparable year in 2011. The decrease in net charge-offs between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was in consumer real estate by $2.6 million, commercial non-owner occupied real estate by $5.9 million, and other income producing property by $1.5 million. These declines were offset by the following increases in net charge-offs: Commercial owner occupied real estate by $588,000; commercial and industrial by $228,000 and consumer by $726,000.

    Management currently expects the level of net charge-offs to continue to improve (decline) in 2013 compared to 2012. Economic indicators and better performance within the real estate market continue to support this expectation. In 2012, the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans decreased to 0.73% at the end of 2012 compared to 1.12% at the end of 2011. This was an improvement of 0.39% in 2012.

    During the fourth quarter of 2012, the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans decreased to 0.64% from 0.85% during the third quarter of 2012.

The provision for loan losses as a percent of average loans decreased due to the decrease in our levels of past due and classified assets and a decrease in net charge-offs during 2012 compared to 2011. Net charge-offs decreased substantially in three categories during 2012 compared to 2011. Of the total net charge-offs during 2012, 50%, or $9.1 million, were in commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending which includes construction and land development loans, 13.9%, or $2.5 million, were in consumer real estate loans which include home equity loans, 9.9%, or $1.8 million, were in commercial and industrial loans, 15.3%, or $2.8 million, were in commercial owner occupied real estate, $1.4 million or 7.8%, were in consumer loans and 3.1%, or $563,000, were in other income producing property. This compares to 2011 when the total amount of net charge offs were higher than 2010, except for the other income producing property where charge-offs increased by approximately $1.7 million and other loans where charge-offs increased by approximately $111,000. We continue to aggressively charge off loans resulting from the decline in the appraised value of the underlying collateral (real estate) and there remains concern that certain borrowers will be unable to meet the contractual payments of principal and interest. We have seen noted improvement in the economy and business activity throughout our markets during 2012, and are expecting this trend to continue in 2013. Excluding covered assets, nonperforming loans increased by $2.7 million during the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter of 2012. The ratio of the ALLL to cover these loans increased from 64% at December 31, 2011 to 72% at December 31, 2012.

We decreased the ALLL for the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to the fourth quarter of 2011 due to the decrease in risk within the overall loan portfolio. On a general basis, we consider three-year historical loss rates on all loan portfolios, except residential lot loans where two-year historical loss rates are applied. We also consider economic risk, model risk and operational risk when determining the ALLL. All of these factors are reviewed and adjusted each reporting period to account for management's assessment of loss within the loan portfolio.

The three-year historical loss rate average on an overall basis decreased from December 31, 2011 due to the removal of higher historical loss rates in our rolling averages being replaced with recent lower historical loss rates. This resulted in a decrease of 3 basis points in the ALLL. Compared to the third quarter of 2012, the decrease was 7 basis points.

Economic risk decreased by 9 basis points during 2012 as compared to 2011 due to a decrease in unemployment rates, improved home sales and improved real estate markets. Compared to the third quarter of 2012, we adjusted the economic risk factors down by 6 basis points.

71


Table of Contents

Model risk declined 4 basis points compared to December 31, 2011, and was adjusted downward by 3 basis points from the third quarter of 2012. This risk comes from the fact that our ALLL model is not all-inclusive. Risk inherent with new products, new markets, and timeliness of information are examples of this type of exposure. Management has reduced this factor since our model has been used for approximately four years. Our model has been reviewed by management, the audit committee, and the bank's primary regulators (including the FDIC, the state of South Carolina, and until July 2012, the OCC), and we believe it adequately addresses the various inherent risks in our loan portfolio.

Operational risk consists of the underwriting, documentation, closing and servicing associated with any loan. This risk is managed through policies and procedures, portfolio management reports, best practices and the approval process. The risk factors evaluated include the following: exposure outside our deposit footprint, changes in underwriting standards, levels of past due loans and classified assets, loan growth, supervisory loan to value exceptions, results of external loan reviews, our centralized loan documentation process and significant loan concentrations. We reduced the overall operational risk by 12 basis points during 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, due primarily to a decrease in classified loans, decrease in the overall level of past due loans, lower exposure to certain loan concentrations, and favorable reports in external loan reviews.

On a specific reserve basis, the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012 increased by approximately $467,000 from December 31, 2011. The loan balances being evaluated for specific reserves during the year decreased from $62.1 million to $47.2 million at December 31, 2012. Our practice, generally, is that once a specific reserve is established for a loan, a charge off of that amount occurs in the quarter subsequent to the establishment of the specific reserve.

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Prior to 2011, there was no allowance for loan losses on acquired loans.

72


Table of Contents

Table 15—Summary of Acquired Loan Loss Experience


Years Ended
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Balance, beginning of the period

$ 31,620 $

Charge-offs

Recoveries

Provision for loan losses before benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

(1,298 ) 16,706

Commercial real estate

199 1,318

Commercial real estate—construction and development

1,628

Residential real estate

(855 ) 5,471

Consumer

96

Commercial and industrial

(259 ) 4,564

Single pay

1,001 3,561

Total provision for loan losses before benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

512 31,620

Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

1,233 (15,871 )

Commercial real estate

(30 ) (1,252 )

Commercial real estate—construction and development

(1,319 )

Residential real estate

813 (5,198 )

Consumer

(88 )

Commercial and industrial

264 (4,336 )

Single pay

(951 ) (3,383 )

Total benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

(78 ) (30,039 )

Total provision for loan losses charged to operations

434 1,581

Provision for loan losses recorded through the FDIC loss share receivable

78 30,039

Balance, end of the period

$ 32,132 $ 31,620

Loss Share

The following table presents the projected total losses compared to the original estimated losses on acquired assets covered under loss share agreements as of December 31, 2012:

Table 16—Projected Total Losses under FDIC Loss Share Agreements

(Dollars in thousands)
FDIC
Threshold
or ILE
Original
Estimated
Gross Losses
Original
Estimated
Covered Losses
Losses
Incurred*
through
12/31/2012
Remaining
Estimated
Losses
for Loans
OREO
Mark**
12/31/2012
Projected
Total
Losses

CBT

$ 233,000 $ 340,039 $ 334,082 $ 278,092 $ 46,800 $ 11,202 $ 336,094

Habersham

94,000 124,363 119,978 80,569 13,262 4,484 98,315

BankMeridian

70,827 70,190 67,780 24,427 16,522 3,634 44,583

Total

$ 397,827 $ 534,592 $ 521,840 $ 383,088 $ 76,584 $ 19,320 $ 478,992

*
Claimed or claimable loans and OREO losses excluding expenses, net of revenues.

73


Table of Contents

**
Represents the estimated losses on OREO at period end. These losses have been recognized to record OREO at net realizable value. These losses are claimable from the FDIC upon sale or receipt of a valid appraisal.

Under the Habersham and BankMeridian loss share agreements, all losses (whether or not they exceed the intrinsic loss estimate ("ILE")) are reimbursable by the FDIC at 80% of the losses and reimbursable expenses paid. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the losses and reimbursable expenses claimed under the CBT loss share agreement exceeded the $233.0 million threshold and became reimbursable at 95% rather than the 80% rate.

Liquidity

Liquidity refers to our ability to generate sufficient cash to meet our financial obligations, which arise primarily from the withdrawal of deposits, extension of credit and payment of operating expenses. Our Asset Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") is charged with the responsibility of monitoring policies that are designed to ensure acceptable composition of our asset/liability mix. Two critical areas of focus for ALCO are interest rate sensitivity and liquidity risk management. We have employed our funds in a manner to provide liquidity from both assets and liabilities sufficient to meet our cash needs.

Asset liquidity is maintained by the maturity structure of loans, investment securities and other short-term investments. Management has policies and procedures governing the length of time to maturity on loans and investments. As reported in Table 7, less than one percent of the investment portfolio contractually matures in one year or less. This segment of the portfolio consists mostly of municipal obligations. There is also an additional amount of securities that could be called or prepaid; as well as expected monthly paydowns of mortgage-backed securities. Normally, changes in the earning asset mix are of a longer-term nature and are not utilized for day-to-day corporate liquidity needs.

Our liabilities provide liquidity on a day-to-day basis. Daily liquidity needs are met from deposit levels or from our use of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings. We engage in routine activities to retain deposits intended to enhance our liquidity position. These routine activities include various measures, such as the following:

    Emphasizing relationship banking to new and existing customers, where borrowers are encouraged and normally expected to maintain deposit accounts with our bank,

    Pricing deposits, including certificates of deposit, at rate levels that will sustain balances at levels that will enhance our bank's asset/liability management and net interest margin requirements, and

    Continually working to identify and introduce new products that will attract customers or enhance our bank's appeal as a primary provider of financial services.

On April 24, 2012, we acquired Peoples Bancorporation which provided approximately $24.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. Deposits in the amount of $435.1 million were also acquired. Of this amount, $54.9 million were in the form of highly liquid transaction accounts. Certificates of deposit and interest-bearing deposits comprised $380.2 million of total deposits, or 87.4%. In connection with the desire to lower our cost of funds, we lowered time-deposit and other deposit rates at the Peoples' branches to more closely align with rates at legacy SCBT branches. As anticipated, we experienced approximately $28.1 million in run-off of time deposit account balances between the acquisition date and December 31, 2012. Our liquidity position could continue to be affected by potential run-off of the Peoples deposits.

On December 13, 2012, we acquired The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. which provided approximately $86.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. Deposits in the amount of $751.6 million were also acquired. Of this amount, $129.9 million were in the form of highly liquid transaction accounts.

74


Table of Contents

Certificates of deposit and interest-bearing deposits comprised $621.7 million of total deposits, or 82.7%. Similarly as we did with Peoples, we lowered time deposit and other deposit rates at the Peoples' branches to more closely align with rates at legacy SCBT branches. As anticipated, we experienced approximately $5.6 million in run-off of time deposit account balances between the acquisition date and December 31, 2012. Our liquidity position could continue to be affected by potential run-off of the Savannah deposits.

The acquisitions of Peoples and Savannah had a significant impact upon our liquidity position, initially increasing our excess liquidity. These excess liquidity balances were managed downward through the anticipated run-off of higher costing time deposit balances and the repayment of FHLB advances following the Savannah transaction.

Total cash and cash equivalents was $380.7 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $171.4 million at December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2012, we had $13.0 million of traditional, out-of-market brokered deposits. We did not have any such brokered deposits as of December 31, 2011. Total deposits increased 32.1% to $4.3 billion resulting mainly from the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions; excluding Peoples and Savannah, total deposits decreased $29.2 million, or 0.9%. Excluding Habersham and BankMeridian, we increased our noninterest-bearing deposit balance by $133.0 million, or 20.2%, at December 31, 2012 as compared to the balance at December 31, 2011. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $58.2 million, or 32.2%, from the balance at December 30, 2011. Other borrowings increased to $54.8 million, increasing by $8.2 million, or 17.6%, from December 31, 2011, driven by the addition of $9.2 million in junior subordinated debt from the Savannah acquisition. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we repaid the FHLB $13.8 million for the FHLB advances acquired in the Savannah acquisition. To the extent that we employ other types of non-deposit funding sources, typically to accommodate retail and correspondent customers, we continue to emphasize shorter maturities of such funds. Our approach may provide an opportunity to sustain a low funding rate or possibly lower our cost of funds but could also increase our cost of funds if interest rates rise.

Our ongoing philosophy is to remain in a liquid position as reflected by such indicators as the composition of our earning assets, typically including some level of reverse repurchase agreements, federal funds sold, balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, and/or other short-term investments; asset quality; well-capitalized position; and profitable operating results. Cyclical and other economic trends and conditions can disrupt our bank's desired liquidity position at any time. We expect that these conditions would generally be of a short-term nature. Under such circumstances, our bank's reverse repurchase agreements and federal funds sold positions, or balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, if any, serves as the primary source of immediate liquidity. At December 31, 2012, our bank had total federal funds credit lines of $376.0 million with no outstanding advances. If additional liquidity were needed, the bank would turn to short-term borrowings as an alternative immediate funding source and would consider other appropriate actions such as promotions to increase core deposits or the sale of a portion of our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2012, our bank had $78.6 million of credit available at the Federal Reserve Bank's discount window, but had no outstanding advances as of the end of 2012. In addition, we could draw on additional alternative immediate funding sources from lines of credit extended to us from our correspondent banks and/or the Federal Home Loan Bank. At December 31, 2012, our bank had a total FHLB credit facility of $330.5 million with no outstanding advances and outstanding uses of FHLB letters of credit to secure certain public funds deposits of $17.7 million. We believe that our liquidity position continues to be adequate and readily available.

Our contingency funding plan describes several potential stages based on liquidity levels. Our board of directors reviews liquidity benchmarks quarterly. Also, we review on at least an annual basis our liquidity position and our contingency funding plans with our principal banking regulator. Our

75


Table of Contents

subsidiary bank maintains various wholesale sources of funding. If our deposit retention efforts were to be unsuccessful, our bank would utilize these alternative sources of funding. Under such circumstances, depending on the external source of funds, our interest cost would vary based on the range of interest rates charged to our bank. This could increase our bank's cost of funds, impacting net interest margins and net interest spreads.

Derivatives and Securities Held for Trading

The SEC has adopted rules that require comprehensive disclosure of accounting policies for derivatives as well as enhanced quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk for derivatives and other financial instruments. The market risk disclosures are classified into two categories: financial instruments entered into for trading purposes and all other instruments (non-trading purposes). We do not maintain a derivatives or securities trading portfolio.

Asset-Liability Management and Market Risk Sensitivity

Our earnings and the economic value of our shareholders' equity may vary in relation to changes in interest rates and in relation to the accompanying fluctuations in market prices of certain of our financial instruments. We use a number of methods to measure interest rate risk, including simulating the effect on earnings of fluctuations in interest rates, monitoring the present value of asset and liability portfolios under various interest rate scenarios, and, to a lesser extent, monitoring the difference, or gap, between rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The earnings simulation models take into account our contractual agreements with regard to investments, loans, deposits, borrowings, and derivatives. While the simulation models are subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that underlie the process, we believe that such modeling provides a better illustration of the interest sensitivity of earnings than does a static interest rate sensitivity gap analysis. The simulation models assist in measuring and achieving growth in net interest income by providing the Asset- Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") a reasonable basis for quantifying and managing interest rate risk. Various simulations incorporate interest rate changes as well as projected changes in the mix and volume of balance sheet assets and liabilities. Accordingly, the simulations are considered to provide a measurement of the degree of earnings risk we have, or may incur in future periods, arising from interest rate changes or other market risk factors.

From time-to-time we enter into interest rate swaps to hedge our interest rate risks. For further discussion of the Company's interest rate swaps, see Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments in the consolidated financial statements.

Our primary policy, established by ALCO and the board of directors, is to monitor exposure to interest rate increases and decreases of as much as 200 basis points ratably over a 12-month period. Our policy guideline prescribes 8% as the maximum negative impact on net interest income associated with a steady ("ramping") change in interest rates of 200 basis points over 12 months. Our most-relied-upon simulation also uses a strategy (or dynamic) balance sheet that forecasts growth, not a static or frozen balance sheet. We traditionally have maintained a risk position well within the policy guideline level. As of December 31, 2012, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 2.1% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case interest rate environment that uses the implied forward rates in the currently existing yield curve. Certain key rates in the simulations model (such as federal funds at zero to 0.25%) are at unprecedented low levels that can decline very little, if at all, and remain a positive number. Consequently, the simulations in the declining-rate scenarios are viewed by us and many other depository institutions as being remote and not meaningful. Therefore, declining rate scenario simulations are not currently being used in our assessment and management of interest rate risk. The simulations indicate that our rate sensitivity is currently somewhat asset sensitive to the indicated change in interest rates over a one-year horizon. As of December 31, 2011, the earnings simulations

76


Table of Contents

indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 0.7% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case interest rate environment.

The shape and non-parallel shifts of the fixed-income yield curve can also influence interest rate risk sensitivity. Therefore, we run a number of other rate scenario simulations to provide additional assessments of our interest rate risk posture. For example, in our analysis at December 31, 2012, a curve that flattens with short rates rising by 200 basis points while 10 year and longer rates decrease by 20 basis points would cause net interest income to increase somewhat from a base case. This is largely attributable to our position in short-term assets rising quickly in yield. Conversely, a curve that steepened, caused by short rates falling by 200 basis points (but not below 0%) and long rates rising by 20 basis points, would have a somewhat dampening effect on net interest income as short-term earning assets lose some yield while deposit rates only modestly decline and longer-term loan yields decrease.

In addition to simulation analysis, we use Economic Value of Equity ("EVE") analysis as an indicator of the extent to which the present value of our capital could change, given potential changes in interest rates. This measure assumes no growth in the balance sheet (no management influence) but does assume mortgage-related prepayments and certain other cash flows occur. It provides a measure of rate risk extending beyond the analysis horizon contained in the simulation analyses. The EVE model is essentially a discounted cash flow value of all of SCBT's assets, liabilities, and derivatives. The difference represented by the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities is defined as the economic value of equity. At December 31, 2012, SCBT's ratio of EVE-to-assets was 11.9% in a current forward rate curve and 12.8% in a hypothetical environment where rates increased from there by 200 basis points instantaneously.

Deposits

We rely on deposits by our customers as the primary source of funds for the continued growth of our loan and investment securities portfolios. Customer deposits are categorized as either noninterest-bearing deposits or interest- bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits (or demand deposits) are transaction accounts that provide SCBT with "interest-free" sources of funds. Interest-bearing deposits include savings deposit, interest-bearing transaction accounts, certificates of deposits, and other time deposits. Interest-bearing transaction accounts include NOW, HSA, IOLTA, and Market Rate checking accounts.

During 2012 and 2011, we continued our focus on increasing core deposits (excluding certificates of deposits and other time deposits). This focus has led to increases in demand deposits, savings deposits and interest-bearing deposits. This increase in our core deposit balances helped offset the planned decline in certificate of deposit balances, which are a higher cost funds to the bank.

77


Table of Contents

The following table presents total deposits for the five years at December 31:

Table 17—Total Deposits


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008

Demand deposits

$ 981,963 $ 658,454 $ 484,838 $ 346,248 $ 303,689

Savings deposits

341,103 258,644 202,054 163,348 141,379

Interest-bearing demand deposits

1,911,673 1,432,806 1,186,260 731,060 575,991

Total savings and interest-bearing demand deposits

2,252,776 1,691,450 1,388,314 894,408 717,370

Certificates of deposit

1,062,842 903,874 1,129,892 863,507 1,131,828

Other time deposits

779 694 1,104 476 387

Total time deposits

1,063,621 904,568 1,130,996 863,983 1,132,215

Total deposits

$ 4,298,360 $ 3,254,472 $ 3,004,148 $ 2,104,639 $ 2,153,274

The acquisitions of Peoples and Savannah as well as organic growth in most categories of deposits excluding time deposits drove the higher balance in total deposits at December 31, 2012 compared to 2011. The following are key highlights regarding overall growth in total deposits:

    Total deposits increased $1.0 billion, or 32.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, driven largely by the acquisitions of Peoples and Savannah. For the year ended December 31, 2011, total deposits increased $250.3 million, or 8.3% from the year ended December 31, 2010, driven largely by the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of Habersham and BankMeridian.

    Noninterest-bearing deposits (demand deposits) increased by $323.5 million, or 49.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

    Total savings and interest-bearing account balances increased $561.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Savings deposits increased $82.5 million, or 31.9%, money market (Market Rate Checking) deposits increased $216.6 million, or 25.3%, and other interest-bearing deposits (NOW, IOLTA, and other) increased $262.3 million, or 45.6%.

    Excluding the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions, total deposits decreased $29.2 million including the following: certificates of deposits less than or equal to $100,000 by $82.1 million, or 15.8%, certificates of deposit greater than $100,000 by $113.8 million, or 29.5%, and money market deposits by $44.6 million, or 5.2%. Off-setting these decreases, demand deposits increased by $133.0 million, or 20.2%, other interest-bearing deposits increased by $36.0 million, or 6.3%, and savings deposits increased by $42.3 million, or 16.4%.

    At December 31, 2012, the ratio of savings, interest-bearing, and time deposits to total deposits was 77.2%, down slightly from 79.8% at the end of 2011.

The following are key highlights regarding overall growth in average total deposits:

    Total deposits averaged $3.7 billion in 2012, an increase of 13.7% from 2011. This increase is attributable to the acquisitions of Peoples and Savannah as well as organic growth. Total deposits averaged $3.3 billion in 2011, an increase of 8.1% from 2010. This increase was attributable to the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of Habersham and BankMeridian as well as organic growth.

    Average interest-bearing transaction account deposits grew by $238.9 million, or 9.1%, in 2012 compared to 2011.

    Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased by $210.2 million, or 31.1%, in 2012 compared to 2011.

78


Table of Contents

The following table provides a maturity distribution of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more for the next twelve months as of December 31:

Table 18—Maturity Distribution of Certificates of Deposits of $100 Thousand or More


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 % Change

Within three months

$ 129,826 $ 116,833 11.1 %

After three through six months

101,393 90,379 12.2 %

After six through twelve months

137,744 128,590 7.1 %

After twelve months

95,589 56,894 68.0 %

$ 464,552 $ 392,696 18.3 %

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the insurance limit on deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, SCBT had $129.6 million and $124.2 million in certificates of deposits greater than $250,000.

Short-Term Borrowed Funds

Our short-term borrowed funds consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements. Note 10 Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase in our audited financial statements provides a profile of these funds for the last three years at each year-end, the average amounts outstanding during each period, the maximum amounts outstanding at any month-end, and the weighted average interest rates on year-end and average balances in each category. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase most typically have maturities within one to three days from the transaction date. Certain of these borrowings have no defined maturity date.

Capital and Dividends

On December 13, 2012, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. Savannah common shareholders received 0.2503 shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for each share of Savannah stock, resulting in the Company issuing 1,802,137 common shares at a fair value of $68.8 million.

On April 24, 2012, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Peoples Bancorporation, Inc. Peoples common shareholders received 0.1413 shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for each share of Peoples stock, resulting in the Company issuing 1,002,741 common shares at a fair value of $31.1 million.

Our ongoing capital requirements have been met primarily through retained earnings, less the payment of cash dividends. As of December 31, 2012, shareholders' equity was $507.5 million, an increase of $125.8 million, or 32.9%, from $381.8 million at December 31, 2011. Our equity-to-assets ratio increased to 9.88% at December 31, 2012 from 9.80% at the end of the comparable period of 2011.

The Federal Reserve Board in March of 2005 announced changes to its capital adequacy rules, including the capital treatment of trust preferred securities. The Federal Reserve's rule, which took effect in early April 2005, permit bank holding companies to treat outstanding trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital for the first 25 years of the 30 year term of the related junior subordinated debt securities. We issued $40.0 million of these types of junior non-consolidated securities during 2005, positively impacting Tier I Capital. In November of 2007, we acquired the Scottish Bank and an additional $3.0 million of non-consolidated junior subordinated debt securities. In December of 2012, we acquired an additional $9.2 million of non-consolidated junior subordinated debt securities through

79


Table of Contents

the Savannah acquisition. We did not issue trust preferred securities during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. (See Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the audited consolidated financial statements for a more detailed explanation of our trust preferred securities.)

Provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act will prohibit institutions that had more than $15 billion in assets on December 31, 2009 from being able to include trust preferred securities (TRUPs) as Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. One-third will be phased out over the next two years ending in 2015. Financial institutions with less than $15 billion in total assets, such as SCBT, may continue to include their TRUPs issued prior to May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but cannot include in Tier 1 capital any TRUPs issued after such date.

We are subject to certain risk-based capital guidelines that measure the relationship of capital to both balance sheet and off-balance sheet risks. Risk values are adjusted to reflect credit risk. Pursuant to guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board, which are substantially similar to those promulgated by the FDIC, Tier 1 capital must be at least 50% of total capital and total capital must be 8% of risk-weighted assets.

As an additional measure of capital soundness, the regulatory agencies have prescribed a leverage ratio of total capital to total assets. The minimum leverage ratio assigned to banks is between 3% and 5% and is dependent on the institution's composite rating as determined by its regulators.

Table 19—Capital Adequacy Ratios


December 31,
(In percent)
2012 2011 2010

Tier 1 risk-based capital

12.73 14.09 13.34

Total risk-based capital

13.99 15.36 14.60

Tier 1 leverage

9.87 9.12 8.48

Compared to December 31, 2011, our Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital have decreased due primarily to risk-weighted assets increasing faster than the increase in capital. The growth in risk-weighted assets, average assets, and capital were generated primarily by the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions. The Tier 1 leverage ratio has increased compared to December 31, 2011 due to the increase in capital as a result of the issuance of $31.1 million and $68.8 million, respectively, in common equity in the Peoples and Savannah acquisitions. Contributing to the increase in the Tier 1 leverage ratio is the impact of the addition of Savannah's assets to the average assets for only a portion of the quarter. Our capital ratios are currently well in excess of the minimum standards and continue to be in the "well capitalized" regulatory classification.

We pay cash dividends to shareholders from funds provided mainly by dividends received from our bank subsidiary. Dividends paid by our bank are subject to certain regulatory restrictions. The approval of the South Carolina Board of Financial Institutions ("SCBFI") is required to pay dividends that exceed current year's net income. As of December 31, 2012, approximately $360,000 of the bank's current year net income was available for distribution to SCBT as dividends without prior regulatory approval. During 2012 and in conjunction with the acquisition of Peoples, the Bank paid a special dividend of $13.425 million to SCBT to allow for the redemption of Peoples preferred stock (TARP). This special dividend along with a special dividend used to pay certain obligations assumed from the Savannah acquisition resulted in the Bank paying dividends that almost exceeded current year net income. During January 2013, the Bank requested and received approval, from the SCBFI, to pay a special dividend of $5.0 million to SCBT in order to provide working capital and the funds needed to pay the quarterly dividend to its shareholders in February of 2013. It is expected that no special dividend approval will be needed from the SCBFI during the remainder of 2013. The Federal Reserve

80


Table of Contents

Board, the OCC, and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as "Basel III". Basel III, if implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, would require certain bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. Although Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks, its provisions are likely to be considered by U.S. banking regulators in developing new regulations applicable to other banks in the United States, including those developed pursuant to directives in the Dodd-Frank Act. Notwithstanding its release of the Basel III framework as a final framework, the Basel Committee is considering further amendments to Basel III, including the imposition of additional capital surcharges on globally systemically important financial institutions. In addition to Basel III, the Dodd-Frank Act requires or permits the federal banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions' capital requirements in a number of respects, including potentially more stringent capital requirements for systemically important financial institutions. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact our net income and return on equity.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve requested comment on three proposed rules that, taken together, would establish an integrated regulatory capital framework implementing the Basel III regulatory capital reforms in the United States. The proposed rules indicated that the final rule would become effective on January 1, 2013, and the changes set forth in the final rules will be phased in from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2019. However, due to the volume of public comments received, the final rule did not go into effect on January 1, 2013. The ultimate impact of the U.S. implementation of the new capital and liquidity standards on SCBT and the Bank is currently being reviewed and is dependent upon the terms of the final regulations, which may differ from the proposed regulations. At this point we cannot determine the ultimate effect that any final regulations, if enacted, would have upon our earnings or financial position. In addition, important questions remain as to how the numerous capital and liquidity mandates of the Dodd-Frank Act will be integrated with the requirements of Basel III.

The following table provides the amount of dividends and payout ratios for the years ended December 31:

Table 20—Dividends Paid to Shareholders


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Shareholder dividend payments

$ 10,244 $ 9,514 $ 8,680

Dividend payout ratios

34.11 % 42.11 % 16.43 %

We retain earnings to have capital sufficient to grow our loan and investment portfolios and to support certain acquisitions or other business expansion opportunities. The dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends paid during the year by net income for the year.

In February 2004, SCBT's board of directors authorized a program with no formal expiration date to repurchase up to 250,000 of its common shares. We did not repurchase any shares under this program during 2012, 2011 and 2010. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we redeemed 23,532, 11,445 and 7,272, respectively, of SCBT shares from officers and directors at an average cost of $35.57, $29.82 and $35.04, respectively, under an approved program designed to facilitate stock option exercises or tax payments on vesting restricted stock under SCBT's stock incentive plans.

81


Table of Contents

Asset Credit Risk and Concentrations

The quality of our interest-earning assets is maintained through our management of certain concentrations of credit risk. We review each individual earning asset including investment securities and loans for credit risk. To facilitate this review, we have established credit and investment policies that include credit limits, documentation, periodic examination, and follow-up. In addition, we examine these portfolios for exposure to concentration in any one industry, government agency, or geographic location.

Loan and Deposit Concentration

We have no material concentration of deposits from any single customer or group of customers. We have no significant portion of our loans concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries. Furthermore, we attempt to avoid making loans that, in an aggregate amount, exceed 10% of total loans to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no aggregated loan concentrations of this type. We do not believe there are any material seasonal factors that would have a material adverse effect on us. We do not have foreign loans or deposits.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Each category of earning assets has a certain degree of credit risk. We use various techniques to measure credit risk. Credit risk in the investment portfolio can be measured through bond ratings published by independent agencies. In the investment securities portfolio, the investments consist of U.S. government-sponsored entity securities, tax-free securities, or other securities having ratings of "AAA" to "Not Rated". All securities, with the exception of those that are not rated, were rated by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The credit risk of the loan portfolio can be measured by historical experience. We maintain our loan portfolio in accordance with credit policies that we have established. Although the subsidiary has diversified loan portfolios, a substantial portion of their borrowers' abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic conditions within South Carolina, North Carolina, Georgia and the surrounding regions.

We consider concentrations of credit to exist when, pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by general economic conditions represents 25 percent of total risk-based capital. Based on this criteria, we had five such credit concentrations at December 31, 2012, including loans to borrowers engaged in other activities related to real estate, loans to religious organizations, loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings (except mini-warehouses), loans to lessors of residential buildings, and loans to other holding companies (except bank holding companies). The risk for these loans and for all loans is managed collectively through the use of credit underwriting practices developed and updated over time. The loss estimate for these loans is determined using our standard ALLL methodology.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through the operations of our bank, we have made contractual commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of our business activities. These commitments are legally binding agreements to lend money to our customers at predetermined interest rates for a specified period of time. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial and residential real estate. We manage the credit risk on these commitments by subjecting them to normal underwriting and risk management processes.

82


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, the bank had issued commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees of $895.7 million through various types of lending arrangements, of which $529.3 million was at variable rates. We believe that we have adequate sources of liquidity to fund commitments that are drawn upon by the borrowers.

In addition to commitments to extend credit, we also issue standby letters of credit, which are assurances to third parties that they will not suffer a loss if our customer fails to meet its contractual obligation to the third party. Standby letters of credit totaled $19.0 million at December 31, 2012. Past experience indicates that many of these standby letters of credit will expire unused. However, through our various sources of liquidity, we believe that we will have the necessary resources to meet these obligations should the need arise.

Except as disclosed in this report, we are not involved in off-balance sheet contractual relationships, unconsolidated related entities that have off-balance sheet arrangements or transactions that could result in liquidity needs or other commitments that significantly impact earnings.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measure of financial position and results of operations in terms of historical dollars, without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Unlike most other industries, the majority of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on a financial institution's performance than does the effect of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily change in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

While the effect of inflation on banks is normally not as significant as is its influence on those businesses which have large investments in plant and inventories, it does have an effect. During periods of high inflation, there are normally corresponding increases in money supply, and banks will normally experience above average growth in assets, loans and deposits. Also, general increases in the prices of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses. Inflation also affects our bank's customers and may result in an indirect effect on our bank's business.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents payment schedules for certain of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012. Long-term debt obligations totaling $54.9 million include junior subordinated debt. Operating lease obligations of $28.6 million pertain to banking facilities and equipment. Certain lease agreements include payment of property taxes and insurance and contain various renewal options. Additional information regarding leases is contained in Note 21 of the audited consolidated financial statements. Additional information regarding FDIC loss share agreement—estimated clawback is contained in Note 2 of the audited consolidated financial statements.

Table 21—Obligations

(Dollars in thousands)
Total Less Than
1 Year
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More Than
5 Years

Long-term debt obligations*

$ 54,897 $ 1,176 $ 12 $ 13 $ 53,696

Operating lease obligations

28,553 3,514 4,991 4,721 15,327

FDIC loss share agreement—estimated true-up#

3,300 3,300

Total

$ 86,750 $ 4,690 $ 5,003 $ 4,734 $ 72,323

*
—Represents principal maturities.


#
—Amount is included in the FDIC indemnification asset on the balance sheet.

83


Table of Contents

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

See "Asset-Liability Management and Market Risk Sensitivity" on page 76 in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

See Table 1 on page 52 for our unaudited quarterly results of operations and the pages beginning with F-1 for our audited consolidated financial statements.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

SCBT's management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of SCBT's disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012, in accordance with Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). We applied our judgment in the process of reviewing these controls and procedures, which, by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance regarding our control objectives. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that SCBTs' disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012, were effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding our control objectives.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is included on page F-1 of this Report. The report of SCBT's independent registered public accounting firm regarding SCBT's internal control over financial reporting begins on page F-2 of this Report.

Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management's assessment of the effectiveness of SCBT's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 is included in Item 8 of this Report under the heading "Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting."

Our independent auditors have issued an audit report on management's assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. This report entitled "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" appears in Item 8.

Item 9B.    Other Information.

Not applicable.

84


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information in SCBT's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Election of Directors," in the fourth paragraph under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," in the subsection titled "Audit Committee" under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," in the subsection titled "Governance Committee" under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," and under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance."

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information in SCBT's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Executive Compensation," including the sections titled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Summary Compensation Table," "Grants of Plan Based Awards," "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End," "Option Exercises and Stock Vested," "Pension Benefits," "Deferred Compensation Plan," "Compensation Committee Report," "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control," "Director Compensation," and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table contains certain information as of December 31, 2012, relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans:


A B C
Plan Category
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants, and
rights
Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants, and
rights
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column "A")

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

340,140 $ 31.79 1,822,583

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

None n/a n/a

Included within the 1,822,583 number of securities available for future issuance in the table above are a total of 162,143 shares remaining from the authorized total of 363,825 under SCBT's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. All securities totals for the outstanding and remaining available for future issuance amounts described in this Item 12 have been adjusted to give effect to stock dividends paid on March 23, 2007, January 1, 2005 and December 6, 2002.

Other information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "Beneficial Ownership of Certain Parties" and "Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

85


Table of Contents

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this item will be incorporated by reference to the information under the caption "Audit and Other Fees" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

86


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)
    1. The financial statements and independent auditors' report referenced in "Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" are listed below:

      SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
      Consolidated Balance Sheets
      Consolidated Statements of Income
      Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
      Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

      2. Financial Schedules Filed:    None

      3. Exhibits

In most cases, documents incorporated by reference to exhibits that have been filed with SCBT's reports or proxy statements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available to the public over the Internet from the SEC's web site at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any such document at the SEC's public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 under the Company's SEC file number (001-12669).

Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
2.1 Purchase & Assumption Agreement dated January 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010)
2.2 Purchase & Assumption Agreement dated February 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2011)
2.3 Purchase & Assumption Agreement dated July 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2011)
2.4 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 19, 2011, by and between SCBT Financial Corporation and Peoples Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2011)
2.5 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 7, 2012, by and between SCBT Financial Corporation and The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2012)
2.6 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and between SCBT Financial Corporation and First Financial Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2013)
3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 31, 2008)
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)
3.3 Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

87


Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
4.1 Specimen SCBT Financial Corporation Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007)
4.2 Articles of Incorporation (included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.3)
4.3 Bylaws (included as Exhibit 3.2)
4.4 Form of Series T Preferred Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)
10.1 First National Corporation Dividend Reinvestment Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 33-58692)
10.2 * First National Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-33092)
10.3 * SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders)
10.4 Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)
10.5 Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)
10.6 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust I Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)
10.7 Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)
10.8 Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)
10.9 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust II Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)
10.10 Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

88


Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
10.11 Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)
10.12 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust III Capital Securities Certificate and the Common Securities Certificate, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)
10.13 * Second Amended and Restated Employment and Noncompetition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Robert R. Hill, Jr., dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.14 * Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Thomas S. Camp, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.15 * Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and John C. Pollok, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.16 * Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Richard C. Mathis, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.17 * Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Joseph E. Burns, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.18 * Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and John Windley, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.19 * Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Dane Murray, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.20 * Form of Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between SCBT, N.A. and Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, and Joseph E. Burns effective as of December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

89


Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
10.21 * Form of Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between SCBT, N.A. and Thomas S. Camp, Richard C. Mathis, Dane H. Murray, and John F. Windley, effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.22 * Amendment to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, dated December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)
10.23 Amended and Restated SCBT, N.A. Deferred Income Plan, executed on November 30, 2010, to be effective as of December 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2010)
10.24 Employment and Noncompetition Agreement for Renee R. Brooks, effective January 27, 2011 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2011)
10.25 * Executive Performance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2012)
10.26 Form of Voting Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2011)
10.27 Form of Voting Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2012)
10.28 * SCBT Financial Corporation Omnibus Stock and Performance Plan (incorporated by reference as Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders)
10.29 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SCBT Financial Corporation Omnibus Stock and Performance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2013)
10.30 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the SCBT Financial Corporation Omnibus Stock and Performance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2013)
10.31 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the SCBT Financial Corporation Omnibus Stock and Performance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2013)
10.32 * SCBT Financial Corporation 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Amended and Restated) (Effective April 30, 2012)
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23 Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP
24.1 Power of Attorney (contained herein as part of the signature pages)
31.1 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer
31.2 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer
32 Section 1350 Certifications

90


Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
101 The following financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of SCBT Financial Corporation, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010,(iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (v) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.(1)

*
Denotes a management compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)
As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.
    (b)
    See Exhibit Index following the Annual Report on Form 10-K for a listing of exhibits filed herewith.

    (c)
    Not Applicable.

91


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbia and State of South Carolina, on the fourth day of March, 2013.

SCBT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Registrant)



By:


/s/ ROBERT R. HILL, JR.

Robert R. Hill, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert R. Hill, Jr., his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

Signature
Title
Date





/s/ ROBERT R. HILL, JR.

Robert R. Hill, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer March 4, 2013

/s/ JOHN C. POLLOK

John C. Pollok


Senior Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, and Chief Operating
Officer


March 4, 2013

/s/ KEITH S. RAINWATER

Keith S. Rainwater


Senior Vice President and Principal
Accounting Officer


March 4, 2013

/s/ ROBERT R. HORGER

Robert R. Horger


Chairman of the Board of Directors


March 4, 2013

/s/ JIMMY E. ADDISON

Jimmy E. Addison


Director


March 4, 2013

92


Table of Contents

Signature
Title
Date





/s/ LUTHER J. BATTISTE, III

Luther J. Battiste, III
Director March 4, 2013

/s/ ROBERT H. DEMERE, JR.

Robert H. Demere, Jr.


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ M. OSWALD FOGLE

M. Oswald Fogle


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ HERBERT G. GRAY

Herbert G. Gray


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ CYNTHIA A. HARTLEY

Cynthia A. Hartley


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ HARRY M. MIMS, JR.

Harry M. Mims, Jr.


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ RALPH W. NORMAN

Ralph W. Norman, Jr.


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ ALTON C. PHILLIPS

Alton C. Phillips


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ JAMES W. ROQUEMORE

James W. Roquemore


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ THOMAS E. SUGGS

Thomas E. Suggs


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ KEVIN P. WALKER

Kevin P. Walker


Director


March 4, 2013

/s/ JOHN W. WILLIAMSON, III

John W. Williamson, III


Director


March 4, 2013

93


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
10.32 * SCBT Financial Corporation 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Amended and Restated) (Effective April 30, 2012)


21


Subsidiaries of the Registrant


23


Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP


31.1


Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer


31.2


Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer


32


Section 1350 Certifications


101


The following financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of SCBT Financial Corporation, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010,(iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (v) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.(1)

*
Denotes a management compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)
As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

94


Table of Contents

LOGO


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of SCBT Financial Corporation (the "Company") is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting using the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisitions, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As permitted by guidance provided by the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the scope of management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has excluded the operations of the former The Savannah Bancorp, Inc., which was acquired by the Company in December 2012. The operations of the former The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. constituted 0.9 percent of consolidated revenue (total interest income and total noninterest income) for the year ended December 31, 2012, and 16.4 percent of consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2012.

Based on the testing performed using the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), management of the Company believes that the company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, has been audited by Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

SCBT Financial Corporation
Columbia, South Carolina
March 4, 2013

www.SCBTonline.com
(803) 771-2265 -- P.O. Box 1030 -- Columbia, South Carolina -- 29202-1030

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
SCBT Financial Corporation

We have audited SCBT Financial Corporation's (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the operations of the former The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. from the scope of its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, because it was acquired by the Company in December 2012. Accordingly, we also have excluded the operations of the former The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. from the scope of our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The operations of the former The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. constituted 0.9 percent of consolidated revenue (total interest income and total noninterest income) for the year ended December 31, 2012, and 16.4 percent of consolidated assets at December 31, 2012.

F-2


Table of Contents

In our opinion, SCBT Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated March 4, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ DIXON HUGHES GOODMAN LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 4, 2013

F-3


Table of Contents

LOGO


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders
SCBT Financial Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the "Company") as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 4, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DIXON HUGHES GOODMAN LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 4, 2013

F-4


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except par value)


December 31,

2012 2011

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

$ 185,708 $ 129,729

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

16,018 1,822

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

179,004 39,874

Total cash and cash equivalents

380,730 171,425

Investment securities:

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $16,553 and $17,864, respectively)

15,440 16,569

Securities available for sale, at fair value

534,883 289,195

Other investments

9,768 18,292

Total investment securities

560,091 324,056

Loans held for sale

65,279 45,809

Loans:

Acquired (covered of $282,728, and $394,495, respectively; non-covered of $792,014, and $7,706, respectively)

1,074,742 402,201

Less allowance for acquired loan losses

(32,132 ) (31,620 )

Non-acquired

2,571,003 2,470,565

Less allowance for non-acquired loan losses

(44,378 ) (49,367 )

Loans, net

3,569,235 2,791,779

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

146,171 262,651

Premises and equipment, net

115,583 94,250

Goodwill

100,602 62,888

Other real estate owned (covered of $34,257 and $65,849, respectively; non-covered of $32,248 and $18,022, respectively)

66,505 83,871

Bank owned life insurance

42,737 22,111

Deferred tax assets

33,901

Core deposit and other intangibles

25,199 11,538

Other assets

30,413 26,179

Total assets

$ 5,136,446 $ 3,896,557

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing

$ 981,963 $ 658,454

Interest-bearing

3,316,397 2,596,018

Total deposits

4,298,360 3,254,472

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

238,621 180,436

Other borrowings

54,897 46,683

Deferred tax liabilities

2,680

Other liabilities

37,019 30,506

Total liabilities

4,628,897 3,514,777

Shareholders' equity:

Preferred stock—$.01 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

Common stock—$2.50 par value; authorized 40,000,000 shares; 16,937,464 and 14,039,422 shares issued and outstanding

42,344 35,099

Surplus

328,843 233,232

Retained earnings

135,986 116,198

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

376 (2,749 )

Total shareholders' equity

507,549 381,780

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$ 5,136,446 $ 3,896,557

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011 2010

Interest income:

Loans, including fees

$ 174,807 $ 162,205 $ 143,493

Investment securities:

Taxable

7,577 7,641 9,985

Tax-exempt

3,947 854 853

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

1,157 1,018 1,023

Total interest income

187,488 171,718 155,354

Interest expense:

Deposits

8,424 17,557 28,526

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

451 527 630

Other borrowings

2,219 2,182 3,581

Total interest expense

11,094 20,266 32,737

Net interest income

176,394 151,452 122,617

Provision for loan losses

13,619 30,236 54,282

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

162,775 121,216 68,335

Noninterest income:

Service charges on deposit accounts

23,815 22,654 21,342

Bankcard services income

14,173 11,721 8,987

Mortgage banking income

12,622 6,271 6,564

Trust and investment services income

6,360 5,464 4,251

Securities gains, net

189 323 292

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

(115 ) (1,281 )

Portion of impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income

(5,489 )

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

(115 ) (6,770 )

Gains on acquisitions

16,529 98,081

Accretion (amortization) of FDIC indemnification asset

(20,773 ) (10,135 ) 2,443

Other

4,897 2,407 2,545

Total noninterest income

41,283 55,119 137,735

Noninterest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits

76,308 68,937 60,795

OREO expense and loan related

12,003 14,051 5,074

Information services expense

11,092 10,512 9,144

Merger expense

10,214 3,198 5,504

Net occupancy expense

9,817 9,674 8,544

Furniture and equipment expense

9,115 8,476 7,530

Bankcard expense

4,062 3,241 2,812

FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges

3,875 4,573 5,283

Advertising and marketing

2,735 2,729 3,618

Professional fees

2,681 1,776 2,276

Amortization of intangibles

2,172 1,991 1,650

Federal Home Loan Bank advances prepayment fee

3,189

Other

14,824 13,820 9,823

Total noninterest expense

158,898 142,978 125,242

Earnings:

Income before provision for income taxes

45,160 33,357 80,828

Provision for income taxes

15,128 10,762 28,946

Net income

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882

Earnings per common share:

Basic

$ 2.04 $ 1.65 $ 4.11

Diluted

$ 2.03 $ 1.63 $ 4.08

Dividends per common share

$ 0.69 $ 0.68 $ 0.68

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

14,698 13,677 12,618

Diluted

14,796 13,751 12,720

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Dollars in thousands)


Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011 2010

Net income

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Unrealized gains on securities:

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period

4,739 7,345 (1,323 )

Tax effect

(1,793 ) (2,647 ) 470

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

(189 ) (308 ) (292 )

Tax effect

72 111 105

Net of tax amount

2,829 4,501 (1,040 )

Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses:

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

(115 ) (1,281 )

Tax effect

44 455

Reclassification adjustment of credit portion included in net income

115 6,770

Tax effect

(44 ) (2,404 )

Net of tax amount

3,540

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges:

Unrealized holding losses arising during period

(403 ) (1,060 ) (776 )

Tax effect

153 428 276

Reclassification adjustment for losses included in interest expense

293 304 162

Tax effect

(112 ) (123 ) (58 )

Net of tax amount

(69 ) (451 ) (396 )

Change in pension and retiree medical plan obligation:

Change in pension and retiree medical plan obligation during period

610 (5,111 ) (811 )

Tax effect

(245 ) 2,104 297

Net of tax amount

365 (3,007 ) (514 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

3,125 1,043 1,590

Comprehensive income

$ 33,157 $ 23,638 $ 53,472

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


Preferred Stock Common Stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)



Retained
Earnings


Shares Amount Shares Amount Surplus Total

Balance, December 31, 2009

$ 12,739,533 $ 31,849 $ 196,437 $ 59,915 $ (5,382 ) $ 282,819

Comprehensive income:

Net income

51,882 51,882

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

1,590 1,590

Total comprehensive income

53,472

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

(8,680 ) (8,680 )

Stock options exercised

16,220 41 266 307

Employee stock purchases

22,371 56 613 669

Restricted stock awards

22,971 57 (57 )

Common stock repurchased

(7,272 ) (18 ) (237 ) (255 )

Share-based compensation expense

1,625 1,625

Balance, December 31, 2010

12,793,823 31,985 198,647 103,117 (3,792 ) 329,957

Comprehensive income:

Net income

22,595 22,595

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

1,043 1,043

Total comprehensive income

23,638

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

(9,514 ) (9,514 )

Stock options exercised

43,533 109 622 731

Employee stock purchases

26,838 67 626 693

Restricted stock awards

57,641 144 (144 )

Common stock repurchased

(11,445 ) (29 ) (313 ) (342 )

Share-based compensation expense

1,777 1,777

Common stock issued in private placement offering

1,129,032 2,823 32,017 34,840

Balance, December 31, 2011

14,039,422 35,099 233,232 116,198 (2,749 ) 381,780

Comprehensive income:

Net income

30,032 30,032

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

3,125 3,125

Total comprehensive income

33,157

Cash dividends declared at $.69 per share

(10,244 ) (10,244 )

Stock options exercised

51,887 129 1,115 1,244

Employee stock purchases

22,135 55 665 720

Restricted stock awards

42,674 106 (106 )

Common stock repurchased

(23,532 ) (58 ) (778 ) (836 )

Share-based compensation expense

1,741 1,741

Common stock issued for the Peoples acquisition

1,002,741 2,507 28,638 31,145

Common stock issued for the Savannah acquisition

1,802,137 4,506 64,336 68,842

Balance, December 31, 2012

$ 16,937,464 $ 42,344 $ 328,843 $ 135,986 $ 376 $ 507,549

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)


Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011 2010

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

12,092 10,767 9,290

Provision for loan losses

13,619 30,236 54,282

Deferred income taxes

25,086 (10,201 ) 23,979

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

115 6,770

Gain on sale of securities available for sale

(189 ) (323 ) (292 )

Gain on acquisition

(16,529 ) (98,081 )

Share-based compensation expense

1,741 1,777 1,625

Federal Home Loan Bank advances prepayment fee

3,189

Amortization (accretion) on FDIC indemnification asset

20,773 10,135 (2,443 )

Accretion on acquired loans

(52,011 ) (16,099 ) (927 )

Loss on sale of assets

10 63 132

Gain on sale of OREO

(8,482 ) (2,655 ) (535 )

Net amortization of premium on investment securities

3,893 1,682 937

OREO write downs

13,190 29,010 2,773

Net change in:

Originations and purchases of mortgage loans for sale

(908,034 ) (548,794 ) (619,185 )

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans for sale

888,564 545,689 594,045

Accrued interest receivable

5,252 1,941 4,287

Prepaid assets

1,239 3,743 3,967

FDIC Loss Share Receivable

95,707 77,488 67,130

Miscellaneous other assets

(1,028 ) 1,855 7,469

Accrued interest payable

(1,651 ) (4,382 ) (5,225 )

Accrued income taxes

(12,502 ) 2,064 (6,047 )

Miscellaneous other liabilities

(8,921 ) 14,768 4,259

Net cash provided by operating activities

118,380 154,945 103,281

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

29,301 52,282 45,030

Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities held to maturity

1,129 3,370 1,595

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale

101,582 100,026 144,663

Proceeds from sales of other investment securities

13,251 7,781 1,632

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

(130,078 ) (146,272 ) (117,473 )

Purchases of other investment securities

(1,041 )

Net (increase) decrease in customer loans

49,950 (74,892 ) (79,397 )

Net cash received from acquisitions

97,093 136,717 306,298

Purchases of premises and equipment

(8,387 ) (19,463 ) (24,173 )

Proceeds from sale of OREO

75,970 56,809 21,722

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

58 28 52

Net cash provided by investing activities

229,869 115,345 299,949

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-9


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)



Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011 2010

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net decrease in deposits

(142,812 ) (290,906 ) (108,997 )

Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

35,152 (12,338 ) 26,942

Repayment of FHLB advances

(22,168 ) (59,128 ) (166,025 )

Repayment of subordinated term loan

(15,000 )

Common stock issuance

720 35,533 669

Common stock repurchased

(836 ) (342 ) (255 )

Dividends paid on common stock

(10,244 ) (9,514 ) (8,680 )

Stock options exercised

1,244 731 307

Net cash used in financing activities

(138,944 ) (335,964 ) (271,039 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

209,305 (65,674 ) 132,191

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

171,425 237,099 104,908

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 380,730 $ 171,425 $ 237,099

Supplemental Disclosures:

Cash Flow Information:

Cash paid for:

Interest

$ 11,303 $ 22,870 $ 30,938

Income taxes

18,578 12,981 9,420

Schedule of Noncash Investing Transactions:

Acquisitions:

Fair value of tangible assets acquired

$ 1,321,482 $ 540,547 $ 956,318

Other intangible assets acquired

15,833 3,813 8,535

Liabilities assumed

1,261,563 603,774 1,098,400

Net identifiable assets acquired over (under) liabilities assumed

75,752 (59,414 ) (133,547 )

Real estate acquired in full or in partial settlement of loans (covered of $20,631, $39,793, and $55,947, respectively; and non-covered of $25,958, $21,342, and $25,585, respectively)

46,589 61,135 81,532

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-10


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

SCBT Financial Corporation (the "Company") is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT, formerly known as SCBT, N.A. (the "Bank"), operating divisions as South Carolina Bank and Trust, North Carolina Bank and Trust ("NCBT"), Community Bank & Trust ("CBT"), The Savannah Bank, and Bryan Bank & Trust. The Bank also wholly-owns Minis & Co., Inc., a registered investment advisor. The Bank provides general banking services within 19 counties in South Carolina, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, 10 counties in North Georgia and 2 Coastal Georgia counties. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its consolidated subsidiary conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. There are six unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company that were established for the purpose of issuing in the aggregate $53.0 million of trust preferred securities. The six capital trusts include the following: SCBT Capital Trust I at $12.0 million; SCBT Capital Trust II at $8.0 million; SCBT Capital Trust III at $20.0 million; TSB Statutory Trust I at $3.0 million; SAVB Capital Trust I at $6.0 million and SAVB Capital Trust II at $4.0 million.

Effective July 1, 2012, the Bank converted its national charter to a state charter and changed its name from SCBT, National Association to SCBT. In conjunction with the charter conversion, the Bank became a non-member bank of the Federal Reserve and liquidated its entire position in Federal Reserve Bank stock on July 2, 2012.

During the first quarter of 2013, the Bank successfully completed the operational conversion of The Savannah Bank and Bryan Bank & Trust and consolidated the Bryan Bank & Trust Division of the Bank into The Savannah Bank Division.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and other entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Assets held by the Company in trust are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Segments

The Company, through its subsidiary, provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies in South Carolina, North Carolina and Georgia. These services include demand, time and savings deposits; lending and credit card servicing; ATM processing; and wealth management and trust services. While the Company's decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various financial products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on an organization-wide basis. Accordingly, the Company's banking and finance operations are not considered by management to constitute more than one reportable operating segment.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of financial instruments, fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, loss

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

estimates related to loans and other real estate acquired which are covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC, evaluating other-than-temporary-impairment of investment securities, goodwill impairment tests and valuation of deferred tax assets.

With the FDIC loss share agreements, the Company must comply with certain administration requirements of the covered assets and indemnification is limited for the assets covered. Actions by the Company can result in assets becoming uncovered under the loss share provisions, and interpretation of the provisions of the loss share agreement may be different in a way which results in losses increasing and impacting the Company adversely.

In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management has identified specific loans as well as adopted a policy of providing amounts for loan valuation purposes which are not identified with any specific loan but are derived from actual loss experience ratios, loan types, loan volume, economic conditions and industry standards. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the banking subsidiary's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company's subsidiary grants agribusiness, commercial, and residential loans to customers throughout South Carolina, North Carolina and Georgia. Although the subsidiary has diversified loan portfolios, a substantial portion of their borrowers' abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic conditions within South Carolina, North Carolina, Georgia and the surrounding regions.

The Company considers concentrations of credit to exist when, pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by general economic conditions represents 25% of total risk-based capital, or $119.1 million at December 31, 2012. Based on this criteria, the Company had five such credit concentrations for non-acquired loans at December 31, 2012, including $142.7 million of loans to lessors of residential buildings, $160.8 million of loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings (except mini-warehouses), $158.2 million of loans to other holding companies (except bank holding companies), $162.8 million of loans to religious organizations, and $258.2 million of loans to borrowers engaged in other activities related to real estate.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in process of collection, amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks, purchases of securities under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold. Due from bank balances are maintained in other financial institutions. Federal funds sold are generally purchased and sold for one-day periods, but may, from time to time, have longer terms.

The Company enters into purchases of securities under agreements to resell substantially identical securities typically for the purpose of obtaining securities on a short-term basis for collateralizing certain customer deposit relationships. Securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency mortgage-backed securities. It is the Company's policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. The securities are delivered into the Company's account maintained by a

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

third-party custodian designated by the Company under a written custodial agreement that explicitly recognizes the Company's interest in the securities. The Company monitors the market value of the underlying securities, including accrued interest, which collateralizes the related receivable on agreements to resell. At December 31, 2012, these agreements were considered to be cash equivalents with maturities of three months or less.

Investment Securities

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held to maturity" and carried at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as "available for sale" and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Gains and losses realized on sales of securities available for sale are determined using the specific identification method. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. In estimating OTTI losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of the interest rates, and (5) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or, for a debt security, whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value (see Note 3—Investment Securities).

Other investments include stock acquired for regulatory purposes and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries. Stock acquired for regulatory purposes include Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") stock. These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value because their ownership is restricted and they lack a market for trading. As a result, these securities are carried at cost and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries represent a minority investment in SCBT Capital Trust I, SCBT Capital Trust II, SCBT Capital Trust III, TSB Statutory Trust I, SAVB Capital Trust I, and SAVB Capital Trust II. These investments are recorded at cost and the Company receives quarterly dividend payments on these investments.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Estimated fair value is determined on the basis of existing forward commitments, or the current market value of similar loans. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Loans held-for-sale are normally sold to investors with the best effort intent and ability to sell all loans as long as they meet the underwriting standards of the potential investor.

Loans

Loans that management has originated and has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their unpaid principal balances, less

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

unearned income and net of any deferred loan fees and costs. Unearned income on installment loans is recognized as income over the terms of the loans by methods that generally approximate the interest method. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status depending upon the type of loan, the past due status, and the collection activities in progress. Well-secured loans, in the process of collection, are allowed to remain on an accrual basis until they become 120 days past due. Partially secured loans are written down to the collateral value and placed on nonaccrual status on or before becoming 120 days past due. Unsecured commercial loans are charged off on or before the date they become 120 days past due. Closed end consumer loans and open end consumer loans are charged off or written down to the fair value of collateral on or before becoming 120 and 180 days past due, respectively. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is charged against interest revenue on loans. Interest payments are applied to the principal balance on nonaccrual loans.

Acquired loans are initially recorded at a discount to recognize the difference in the fair value of the loans and the contractual balance. The discount includes a component to recognize the absolute difference between the contractual value and the amount expected to be collected (total cash flow) as well as a component to recognize the net present value of that future amount to be collected. The net present value component is accretable into income, and therefore generates a yield on all acquired loans, regardless of past due status. Therefore, all acquired loans are considered to be accruing loans. Acquired loans that are greater than 90 days past due are placed into the greater than 90 days past due and still accruing category when analyzing the aging status of the loan portfolio. Acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-20 follow the accounting policy for non-acquired loans in the paragraph above. See Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses for further detail.

A loan is considered impaired when, in management's judgment, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines when loans become impaired through its normal loan administration and review functions. Loans identified as nonaccrual are potentially impaired loans. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired, provided that management expects to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Interest income recognition on non-acquired impaired loans is discontinued when the loans meet the criteria for nonaccrual status described above. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous non-acquired loans are collectively evaluated for loss and a general reserve is established accordingly.

Troubled Debt Restructurings ("TDRs")

SCBT designates loan modifications as TDRs when, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, it grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Loans on nonaccrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as nonaccrual TDRs. Loans on accruing status at the date of modification are initially classified as accruing TDRs at the date of modification, if the note is reasonably assured of repayment and performance is in accordance with its modified terms. Such loans may be designated as nonaccrual loans subsequent to

F-14


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the modification date if reasonable doubt exists as to the collection of interest or principal under the restructuring agreement. Nonaccrual TDRs are returned to accruing status when there is economic substance to the restructuring, there is well documented credit evaluation of the borrower's financial condition, the remaining balance is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with its modified terms, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained repayment performance in accordance with the modified terms for a reasonable period of time (generally a minimum of six months).

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established for estimated loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management's periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined, for loans not identified as impaired, by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined, for impaired loans, on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of the Company's exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. Management evaluates nonaccrual loans and TDRs of $250,000 and above regardless of accrual status to determine whether or not they are impaired. For such loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The Company requires updated appraisals on at least an annual basis for impaired loans that are collateral dependent. Generally, the need for specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000, and once a specific reserve is established for a loan, a charge off of that amount occurs in the quarter subsequent to the establishment of the specific reserve.

Although management uses available information to estimate losses on loans, because of uncertainties associated with local, regional, and national economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, and subjection of the model to the review of regulatory authorities, it is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the allowance for loan losses in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned ("OREO"), consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time the property has been on

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the market and anticipated sales values, which have resulted in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in certain appraisals. At the time of foreclosure or initial possession of collateral, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses.

Subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO below the new cost basis are recorded through valuation adjustments. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of other real estate, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its problem asset disposition strategy. As a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other real estate. Management reviews the value of other real estate each quarter and adjusts the values as appropriate. Revenue and expenses from OREO operations as well as gains or losses on sales and any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as OREO expense and loan related expense, a component of non-interest expense.

Business Combinations and Method of Accounting for Loans Acquired

The Company accounts for its acquisitions under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805, Business Combinations , which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, are recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses related to the acquired loans is recorded on the acquisition date because the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk. Loans acquired are recorded at fair value in accordance with the fair value methodology prescribed in FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, exclusive of the loss share agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"). The fair value estimates associated with the loans include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows.

Acquired credit-impaired loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, formerly American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer , and initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered to be credit impaired. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of purchase dates may include information such as past-due and nonaccrual status, borrower credit scores and recent loan to value percentages. The Company considers expected prepayments and estimates the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each loan or pool of loans meeting the criteria above, and determines the excess of the loan's scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount, representing the excess of the loan's or pool's cash flows expected to be collected over the fair value for the loan or pool of loans, is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield). In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the Company aggregated acquired loans that have common risk characteristics into pools within the following loan categories: commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT, commercial real

F-16


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

estate, commercial real estate—construction and development, residential real estate, residential real estate junior lien, home equity, consumer, commercial and industrial, and single pay. Single pay loans consist of those instruments for which repayment of principal and interest is expected at maturity.

Loans acquired through business combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of FASB ASC Topic 310-30, but for which a discount is attributable at least in part to credit quality are generally accounted for under this guidance. As a result, related discounts are recognized subsequently through accretion based on the expected cash flow of the acquired loans. Certain acquired loans, such as lines of credit (consumer and commercial) are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-20, where the discount is accreted through earnings based on estimated cash flows over the estimated life of the loan.

Subsequent to the acquisition date, increases in cash flows expected to be received in excess of the Company's initial estimates are reclassified from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield and are accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the remaining life of the loan. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as impairment through the provision for loan losses. For acquired loans subject to a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, the FDIC indemnification asset will be adjusted prospectively in a similar, consistent manner with increases and decreases in expected cash flows.

Probable and significant increases in cash flows (in a loan pool where an allowance for acquired loan losses was previously recorded) reduces the remaining allowance for acquired loan losses before recalculating the amount of accretable yield percentage for the loan pool in accordance with ASC 310-30. For covered loan pools, the reduction of the remaining allowance for acquired loan losses would be offset by the impact to the indemnification asset depending on each covered portfolio's loss share coverage (either 80%, in the case of Habersham and BankMeridian, or 95%, in the case of CBT assets).

FDIC Indemnification Asset

The FDIC indemnification asset is measured separately from the related covered asset as it is not contractually embedded in the assets and is not transferable with the assets should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair value was estimated at the acquisition date using projected cash flows related to the loss sharing agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss sharing percentages. These expected reimbursements do not include reimbursable amounts related to future covered expenditures. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC. The Company will offset any recorded provision for loan losses related to acquired-covered loans by recording an increase in the FDIC indemnification asset by the increase in expected cash flow, which is the result of a decrease in expected cash flow of acquired loans. An increase in cash flows on acquired loans results in a decrease in cash flows on the FDIC indemnification asset, which is recognized in the future as negative accretion through non-interest income over the shorter of the remaining life of the FDIC indemnification asset or the underlying loans.

The Company incurs expenses related to the assets indemnified by the FDIC and pursuant to the loss share agreement certain costs are reimbursable by the FDIC and are included in monthly and quarterly claims made by the Company. The estimates of reimbursements are netted against these covered expenses in the income statement.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Office equipment, furnishings, and buildings are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed principally on the declining-balance and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases including lease renewals only when the Company is reasonably assured of the aggregate term of the lease. Additions to premises and equipment and major replacements are added to the accounts at cost. Maintenance and repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred. Gains and losses on routine dispositions are reflected in current operations.

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of goodwill, core deposit intangibles, client list intangibles and noncompetition agreement ("noncompete") intangibles that result from the acquisition of other banks or branches from other financial institutions. Core deposit intangibles represent the value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. Client list intangibles represent the value of long-term client relationships for the wealth and trust management business. Noncompete intangibles represent the value of key personnel relative to various competitive factors such as ability to compete, willingness or likelihood to compete, and feasibility based upon the competitive environment, and what the Bank could lose from competition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing the reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill assigned to that reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit.

If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. Management has determined that the Company has one reporting unit.

The Company evaluated the carrying value of goodwill as of April 30, 2012, its annual test date, and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. Additionally, should the Company's future earnings and cash flows decline and/or discount rates increase, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may be required. There have been no events subsequent to the April 30, 2012 evaluation that caused the Company to perform an interim review of the carrying value of goodwill.

Core deposit intangibles, included in core deposit and other intangibles, are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the deposit accounts acquired (generally 7 to 13 years) on either (1) the straight-line method or (2) an accelerated basis method which reasonably approximates the anticipated benefit stream from the accounts. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

Noncompete intangibles, included in core deposit and other intangibles are amortized over the life of the underlying noncompete agreements (generally 2 to 3 years) on the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

F-18


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Client list intangibles, included in core deposit and other intangibles, are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the client lists acquired (generally 15 years) on the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred and advertising communication costs the first time the advertising takes place. The Company may establish accruals for anticipated advertising expenses within the course of a fiscal year.

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as (1) unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (2) unrealized gains and losses on effective portions of derivative financial instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges and (3) net change in unrecognized amounts related to pension and post-retirement benefits, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet. Such items, along with net income, are components of total comprehensive income (see Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income on page F-7).

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company's defined benefit pension and other post retirement plans are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits , which requires the Company to recognize the funded status in its statement of financial position. See Note 17 for information regarding the defined benefit pension plan and Note 18 for information regarding our post-retirement benefits plan. The expected costs of the plans are being expensed over the period that employees provide service.

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") allows for a look-back option which establishes the purchase price as an amount based on the lesser of the stock's market price at the grant date or its market price at the exercise (or purchase) date. For the shares issued in exchange for employee services under the plan, the Company accounts for the plan under the FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , in which the fair value measurement method is used to estimate the fair value of the equity instruments, based on the share price and other measurement assumptions at the grant date. See Note 19 for the amount the Company recognized as expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the tax basis and financial statement basis of gains on acquisitions, available-for-sale securities, allowance for loan losses, write downs of OREO properties, accumulated depreciation, net operating loss carryforwards, accretion income, deferred compensation, intangible assets, and pension plan and post-retirement benefits. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in its respective federal or state income taxes accounts. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no accruals for uncertain tax positions and no accruals for interest and penalties. The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated United States federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns for its subsidiary in the state of South Carolina, Georgia, and North Carolina. The Company's filed income tax returns are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2009.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share ("EPS") represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential shares had been issued. Potential shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options, restricted stock (non-vested shares), and warrants, and are determined using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the number of incremental shares is determined by assuming the issuance of stock for the outstanding stock options and warrants, reduced by the number of shares assumed to be repurchased from the issuance proceeds, using the average market price for the year of the Company's stock. Weighted-average shares for the basic and diluted EPS calculations have been reduced by the average number of unvested restricted shares.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company's interest rate risk management strategy incorporates the use of a derivative financial instrument, specifically an interest rate swap, to essentially convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate. Cash flows related to variable-rate debt will fluctuate with changes in an underlying rate index. When effectively hedged, the increases or decreases in cash flows related to the variable-rate debt will generally be offset by changes in cash flows of the derivative instrument designated as a hedge. This strategy is referred to as a cash flow hedge.

In addition, the Company acquired two interest rate swap contracts through the merger transaction with Savannah. These derivatives are not designated as hedges and are not speculative in nature. One of the derivatives is an interest rate swap that was executed with a commercial borrower to facilitate a respective risk management strategy and allow the customer to pay a fixed rate of interest to the Company. This interest rate swap was simultaneously hedged by executing an offsetting interest rate swap that was entered into with a third party to minimize the net risk exposure to the Company resulting from the transactions and allow the Company to receive a variable rate of interest.

By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the fair value gain in a derivative. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this situation generally indicates that the counterparty is obligated to pay the Company, and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company is obligated to pay the counterparty and, therefore, has no repayment risk. The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company.

The Company's derivative activities are monitored by its Asset-Liability Management Committee as part of that committee's oversight of the Company's asset/liability and treasury functions. The Company's Asset-Liability Management Committee is responsible for implementing various hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data from financial simulation models and other

F-20


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the overall interest-rate risk management process.

The Company recognizes the fair value of derivatives as assets or liabilities in the financial statements. The accounting for the changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative instrument at inception. The change in fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges is accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than net income. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the net income in the period of the change (see Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments for further disclosure).

Reclassification

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on net income and shareholders' equity.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for accounting and disclosure purposes through the date the financial statements are issued (see Note 30—Subsequent Events for further disclosure).

Recent Accounting and Regulatory Pronouncements

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-06, Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution ("ASU 2012-06"). ASU 2012-06 amends Subtopic 805-20 to require subsequent measurement of an indemnification asset to be on the same basis as the indemnified asset or liability, subject to any contractual limitations on its amount and, for an indemnification asset that is not subsequently measured at its fair value, management's assessment of the collectability of the indemnification asset. ASU 2012-06 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210)—Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities ("ASU 2011-11"). ASU 2011-11 amends Topic 210 to require an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, such as sales and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing/lending arrangements, and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and/or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. ASU 2011-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) ("ASU 2011-08"). ASU 2011-08 allows companies to waive comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount in assessing the recoverability of goodwill if, based on qualitative factors, it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. ASU 2011-08 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income ("ASU 2011-05"). ASU 2011-05 requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. Except as deferred in ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 ("ASU 2011-12"), ASU 2011-05 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012. In connection with the application of ASU 2011-05, the Company's financial statements now include separate statements of comprehensive income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 defers changes in ASU No. 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments to allow the FASB time to re-deliberate whether to require presentation of such adjustments on the face of the financial statements to show the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU No. 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS ("ASU 2011-04"). ASU 2011-04 results in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. ASU 2011-04 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and, aside from new disclosures included in Note 25—Fair Value, did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2011-02, " A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring." The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 amend and clarify GAAP related to the accounting for debt restructurings. Specifically, ASU No. 2011-02 requires that, when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both (i) the restructuring constitutes a concession and (ii) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. In evaluating whether a concession has been granted, a creditor must evaluate whether (i) a debtor has access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured debt in order to determine if the restructuring would be considered to be at a below-market rate, indicating that the creditor has granted a concession, (ii) a temporary or permanent increase in the contractual interest rate as a result of a restructuring may be considered a concession because the new contractual interest rate on the restructured debt is still below the market interest rate for new debt with similar risk characteristics, and (iii) a restructuring that results in a delay in payment is either significant and is a concession or is insignificant and is not a concession. In evaluating whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, a creditor may conclude that a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, even though the debtor is not currently in payment default. A creditor should evaluate whether it is probable that the debtor would be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without a modification of the debt. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 were effective July 1, 2011 and were applied retroactively to modifications occurring on or after January 1, 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no defaults on any loans that were considered troubled debt restructurings during the preceding 12 months.

The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will result in expansive changes in many areas affecting the financial services industry in general and the Company in particular. The legislation provides broad economic oversight, consumer financial services protection, investor protection, rating agency reform and derivative regulatory reform. Various corporate

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

governance requirements will result in expanded proxy disclosures and shareholder rights. Additional provisions address the mortgage industry in an effort to strengthen lending practices. Deposit insurance reform will result in permanent FDIC protection for up to $250,000 of deposits and will require the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund to maintain 1.35 percent of insured deposits with the burden for closing any shortfall falling to banks with more than $10.0 billion in assets. Provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act will prohibit institutions that had more than $15 billion in assets on December 31, 2009 from including trust preferred securities (TRUPs) as Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. One-third will be phased out over the ensuing two years ending in 2015. Financial institutions with less than $15 billion in total assets, such as SCBT, may continue to count their pre-May 19, 2010, TRUPs as Tier 1 capital, but may not include in Tier 1 capital TRUPs issued after May 19, 2010. SCBT does not have any TRUPs issued after May 19, 2010. Another provision of the legislation gives the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10.0 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. This provision may have a negative impact on the Company's non-interest income.

In January 2011, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations , which provides guidance on the disclosures reported in an entity's financial statements regarding business acquisitions and clarifies the acquisition date that should be used for reporting the pro forma financial information disclosures in Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented. The ASU specifies that if an entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination or combinations that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments in this ASU also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures currently required under Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The Company determined that disclosure of pro forma financial information is impracticable due to the troubled nature of each of the three FDIC-assisted acquisitions prior to the date of the combination. Accordingly, no pro forma financial information has been presented.

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions

Generally, acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations . Both the purchased assets and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Acquisition-related costs are expensed separately from the acquisition. Restructuring costs that the acquirer expected but was not obligated to incur are expensed separately from the business combination. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio and foreclosed real estate, is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding methods and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values becomes available.

The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. Acquisition

On December 13, 2012, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. ("Savannah"), a bank holding company based in Savannah, Georgia, in a stock transaction. Savannah common shareholders received 0.2503 shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for each share of Savannah stock, resulting in the Company issuing 1,802,137 common shares at a fair value of $68.9 million. In total, the purchase price was $68.9 million including the value of "in the money" outstanding stock options totaling $63,000.

F-23


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

The Savannah transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to a year after the closing date of the acquisition.

The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities of Savannah assumed as of December 13, 2012 at their initial fair value estimates:

(Dollars in thousands)
As Recorded by
Savannah
Fair Value
Adjustments
As Recorded
by SCBT

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 86,244 $ $ 86,244

Investment securities

75,460 (1,288 )(a) 74,172

Loans

660,555 (59,196 )(b) 601,359

Premises and equipment

12,555 (1,843 )(c) 10,712

Intangible assets

3,357 9,546 (d) 12,903

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

13,934 (5,315 )(e) 8,619

Bank owned life insurance

6,705 6,705

Deferred tax asset

(790 ) 39,143 (f) 38,353

Other assets

8,497 (2,348 )(g) 6,149

Total assets

$ 866,517 $ (21,301 ) $ 845,216

Liabilities

Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing

$ 129,902 $ $ 129,902

Interest-bearing

619,198 2,530 (h) 621,728

Total deposits

749,100 2,530 751,630

Federal funds purchased and securites sold under agreements to repurchase

13,491 13,491

Other borrowings

30,613 (232 )(i) 30,381

Other liabilities

8,026 6,657 (j) 14,683

Total liabilities

801,230 8,955 810,185

Net identifiable assets acquired over (under) liabilities assumed

65,287 (30,256 ) 35,031

Goodwill

33,886 33,886

Net assets acquired over (under) liabililities assumed

$ 65,287 $ 3,630 $ 68,917

Consideration:

SCBT Financial Corporation common shares issued

1,802,137

Purchase price per share of the Company's common stock

$ 38.20

Company common stock issued and cash exchanged for fractional shares

68,854

Cash paid for stock options outstanding

63

Fair value of total consideration transferred

$ 68,917

Explanation of fair value adjustments

(a)
—Adjustment reflects marking the available-for-sale portfolio to fair value as of the acquisition date.

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

(b)
—Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio and excludes the allowance for loan losses recorded by Savannah.

(c)
—Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired premises and equipment.

(d)
—Adjustment reflects the recording of the core deposit intangible on the acquired deposit accounts and other intangibles for non-compete agreements and customer lists.

(e)
—Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments to OREO based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired OREO portfolio.

(f)
—Adjustment to record deferred tax asset related to purchase accounting adjustments at 35.8% income tax rate.

(g)
—Adjustment reflects uncollectible portion of accrued interest receivable.

(h)
—Adjustment arises since the rates on interest-bearing deposits are higher than rates available on similar deposits as of the acquisition date.

(i)
—Adjustment reflects the prepayment fee paid when FHLB advances were completely paid off in December of 2012 and the fair value adjustment based on the Company's evaluation of the junior subordinated debt.

(j)
—Adjustment reflects the incremental accrual for employee related benefits, asset sale termination fee and other liabilities.

Peoples Bancorporation Acquisition

On April 24, 2012, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Peoples Bancorporation, Inc. ("Peoples"), a bank holding company based in Easley, South Carolina, in a stock transaction. Peoples common shareholders received 0.1413 shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for each share of Peoples stock, resulting in the Company issuing 1,002,741 common shares at a fair value of $31.1 million. Peoples' preferred stock (including accrued and unpaid dividend) issued under the U.S. Treasury's Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP") were purchased by the Company for $13.4 million and retired as part of the merger transaction. In total, the purchase price was $44.5 million including the value of the outstanding options to purchase common stock assumed in the merger.

The Peoples transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to a year after the closing date of the acquisition.

F-25


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 24, 2012, as recorded by Peoples on the acquisition date and initial and subsequent fair value adjustments.

(Dollars in thousands)
As Recorded by
Peoples
Initial
Fair Value
Adjustments
Subsequent
Fair Value
Adjustments
As Recorded
by SCBT

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 24,459 $ $ $ 24,459

Investment securities

176,334 (442 )(a) 175,892

Loans

262,858 (28,613 )(b) 234,245

Premises and equipment

10,094 3,240 (c) (38 )(c) 13,296

Intangible assets

2,930 (d) 2,930

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

13,257 (5,341 )(e) 188 (e) 8,104

Deferred tax asset

4,702 11,669 (f) 97 (f) 16,468

Other assets

17,588 (883 )(g) 16,705

Total assets

$ 509,292 $ (17,440 ) $ 247 $ 492,099

Liabilities

Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing

$ 54,884 $ $ $ 54,884

Interest-bearing

378,781 1,405 (h) 380,186

Total deposits

433,665 1,405 435,070

Other borrowings

9,542 9,542

Other liabilities

4,291 2,054 (i) 421 (i) 6,766

Total liabilities

447,498 3,459 421 451,378

Net identifiable assets acquired over (under) liabilities assumed

61,794 (20,899 ) (174 ) 40,721

Goodwill

3,654 174 3,828

Net assets acquired over (under) liabilities assumed

$ 61,794 $ (17,245 ) $ $ 44,549

Consideration:

SCBT Financial Corporation common shares issued

1,002,741

Purchase price per share of the Company's common stock

$ 31.06

Company common stock issued and cash exchanged for fractional shares

31,160

Cash paid for stock options outstanding

96

Cash paid for TARP preferred stock

13,293

Fair value of total consideration transferred

$ 44,549

Explanation of fair value adjustments

(a)
—Adjustment reflects marking the available-for-sale portfolio to fair value as of the acquisition date.

F-26


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

(b)
—Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio and excludes the allowance for loan losses recorded by Peoples Bancorporation, Inc.

(c)
—Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired premises and equipment.

(d)
—Adjustment reflects the recording of the core deposit intangible on the acquired deposit accounts and other intangibles for non-compete agreements.

(e)
—Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments to OREO based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired OREO portfolio.

(f)
—Adjustment to record deferred tax asset related to purchase accounting adjustments at 35.8% income tax rate.

(g)
—Adjustment reflects uncollectible portion of accrued interest receivable.

(h)
—Adjustment arises since the rates on interest-bearing deposits are higher than rates available on similar deposits as of the acquisition date.

(i)
—Adjustment reflects the incremental accrual for SERP termination, other employee related benefits, and other liabilities.

BankMeridian Acquisition

On July 29, 2011, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption ("P&A") agreement with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of BankMeridian, N.A. A full service community bank headquartered in Columbia, South Carolina. BankMeridian operated 3 branches in total in Columbia, Spartanburg, and Hilton Head, South Carolina.

Pursuant to the P&A agreement, the Bank received a discount of $30.8 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. Most of the loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and the Bank. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses. Gains and recoveries on covered assets will offset losses, or be paid to the FDIC, at the applicable loss share percentage at the time of recovery. The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family assets (loans and OREO) provides for FDIC loss sharing and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for ten years. The loss share agreement applicable to commercial assets (loans and OREO) provides for FDIC loss sharing for five years and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for eight years. As of the date of acquisition, we calculated the amount of such reimbursements that we expect to receive from the FDIC using the present value of anticipated cash flows from the covered assets based on the credit adjustments estimated for each pool of loans and the estimated losses on foreclosed assets. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the FDIC indemnification asset was initially recorded at its fair value, and is measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferable with them in the event of disposal. The balance of the FDIC indemnification asset increases and decreases as the expected and actual cash flows from the covered assets fluctuate, as loans are paid off or impaired and as loans and foreclosed assets are sold. There are no contractual interest rates on this contractual receivable from the FDIC; however, a discount was recorded against the initial balance of the FDIC indemnification asset in conjunction with the fair value measurement as this receivable will be collected over the term of the loss sharing agreement. This discount will be accreted to non-interest income over future periods.

F-27


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

The Bank did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of BankMeridian as a part of the P&A agreement. However, the Bank had the option to purchase the real estate and furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expired approximately 90 days from the date of the acquisition. In September of 2011, the Bank consolidated the main BankMeridian location in Columbia into the Bank's main Columbia location, and opted not to acquire this facility. The Bank also consolidated its Spartanburg and Hilton Head locations into the locations assumed in the BankMeridian transaction during the fourth quarter of 2011. The result of these actions was no additional branch locations for the Bank.

There were no adjustments or changes to the initial fair values related to the BankMeridian acquisition within the one year time frame from the date of acquisition. The purchase accounting adjustments and the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC significantly impact the effects of the acquired entity on the ongoing operations of the Company.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest income included a pre-tax gain of $11.0 million which resulted from the acquisition of BankMeridian. The amount of the gain was equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets acquired exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed, and resulted from the discount bid on the assets acquired and the impact of the FDIC loss share agreement, both of which are attributable to the troubled nature of BankMeridian prior to the acquisition. The Company recognized $776,000 in merger-related expense from the BankMeridian acquisition during 2011.

Included in the FDIC indemnification asset is an expected "true up" with the FDIC related to the BankMeridian acquisition. This amount is determined each reporting period and at December 31, 2012, was estimated to be approximately $3.3 million at the end of the loss share agreement (in ten years). The actual payment will be determined at the end of the loss sharing agreement term and is based on the negative bid, expected losses, intrinsic loss estimate, and assets covered under loss share.

Habersham Bank Acquisition

On February 18, 2011, the Bank entered into a P&A agreement with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of Habersham Bank ("Habersham"). A full service Georgia state-chartered community bank headquartered in Clarkesville, Georgia, Habersham operated eight branches in the northeast region of Georgia.

Pursuant to the P&A agreement, the Bank received a discount of $38.3 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. Most of the loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and the Bank. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses. Gains and recoveries on covered assets will offset losses, or be paid to the FDIC, at the applicable loss share percentage at the time of recovery. The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family assets (loans and OREO) provides for FDIC loss sharing and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for ten years. The loss share agreement applicable to commercial assets (loans and OREO) provides for FDIC loss sharing for five years and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for eight years. As of the date of acquisition, we calculated the amount of such reimbursements that we expect to receive from the FDIC using the present value of anticipated cash flows from the covered assets based on the credit adjustments estimated for each pool of loans and the estimated losses on foreclosed assets. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the FDIC indemnification asset was initially recorded at its fair value, and is measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferable with them in the event of disposal.

F-28


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

The balance of the FDIC indemnification asset increases and decreases as the expected and actual cash flows from the covered assets fluctuate, as loans are paid off or impaired and as loans and foreclosed assets are sold. There are no contractual interest rates on this contractual receivable from the FDIC; however, a discount was recorded against the initial balance of the FDIC indemnification asset in conjunction with the fair value measurement as this receivable will be collected over the term of the loss sharing agreement. This discount will be accreted to non-interest income over future periods.

The Bank did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of Habersham as a part of the P&A agreement. However, the Bank had the option to purchase the real estate and furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expired on May 19, 2011. On May 19, 2011, the Bank notified the FDIC that it planned to acquire four bank facilities with an appraised value of approximately $6.7 million. In addition, the Bank notified the FDIC that it planned to purchase approximately $362,000 of furniture or equipment related to five locations being retained by the Bank. The Bank settled this purchase along with other settlement items on February 15, 2012 for approximately $7.2 million. These five banking facilities include both leased and owned locations. In June of 2011, the Bank closed three branches and converted the operating system of Habersham.

There were no adjustments or changes to the initial fair values related to the Habersham acquisition within the one year time frame from the date of acquisition. The purchase accounting adjustments and the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC significantly impact the effects of the acquired entity on the ongoing operations of the Company.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest income included a pre-tax gain of $5.5 million which resulted from the acquisition of Habersham. The amount of the gain was equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets acquired exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed, and resulted from the discount bid on the assets acquired and the impact of the FDIC loss share agreement, both of which are attributable to the troubled nature of Habersham prior to the acquisition. The Company recognized $2.6 million in merger-related expense related to the Habersham acquisition, including lease termination payments related to branch consolidations, during the year ended December 31, 2011.

There is no expected "true up" included in the FDIC indemnification asset related to this acquisition. Any potential "true up" is evaluated and reviewed each reporting period. The actual payment, if any, will be determined at the end of the loss sharing agreement term and is based on the negative bid, expected losses, intrinsic loss estimate, and assets covered under loss share.

Community Bank and Trust Acquisition

On January 29, 2010, the Bank entered into a P&A agreement, including loss share arrangements, with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of CBT, a full service Georgia state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia. CBT operated 38 locations, including 36 branches, one loan production office and one trust office in the northeast region of Georgia.

Pursuant to the P&A agreement, the Bank received a discount of $158.0 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and the Bank. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $233.0 million and 95% of losses that exceed that amount. Gains and recoveries on covered assets will offset losses, or be paid to the FDIC, at the applicable loss share percentage at the time of recovery. The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family assets (loans and OREO) provides for FDIC loss sharing and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for ten years. The loss share

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

agreement applicable to commercial assets (loans and OREO) provides for FDIC loss sharing for five years and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for eight years. The loss share agreement applicable to single family loans provides for FDIC loss sharing for ten years and Bank reimbursement to the FDIC for ten years. As of the date of acquisition, we calculated the amount of such reimbursements that we expect to receive from the FDIC using the present value of anticipated cash flows from the covered assets based on the credit adjustments estimated for each pool of loans and the estimated losses on foreclosed assets. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the FDIC indemnification asset was initially recorded at its fair value, and is measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferable with them in the event of disposal. The balance of the FDIC indemnification asset increases and decreases as the expected and actual cash flows from the covered assets fluctuate, as loans are paid off or impaired and as loans and foreclosed assets are sold. There are no contractual interest rates on this contractual receivable from the FDIC; however, a discount was recorded against the initial balance of the FDIC indemnification asset in conjunction with the fair value measurement as this receivable will be collected over the term of the loss sharing agreements. This discount will be accreted to non-interest income over future periods.

The Bank did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of CBT as a part of the P&A agreement. However, on October 27, 2010, the Bank acquired seven bank facilities with an appraised value of approximately $10.9 million. In addition, the Bank purchased approximately $700,000 of furniture or equipment related to 27 locations retained by the Bank. In late May and early June of 2010, the Bank closed 10 bank branches, one trust office, and converted the operating system of the acquired Georgia franchise.

There were no adjustments or changes to the initial fair values related to the CBT acquisition within the one year time frame from the date of acquisition. The purchase accounting adjustments and the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC will significantly impact the effects of the acquired entity on the ongoing operations of the Company.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, noninterest income included a pre-tax gain of $98.1 million as a result of the acquisition of CBT. The amount of the gain was equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets acquired exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed, and resulted from the discount bid on the assets acquired and the impact of the FDIC loss share agreement, both of which are attributable to the troubled nature of CBT prior to the acquisition. The Company recognized $5.5 million in merger-related expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

Currently, there is no "true up" expected with the CBT loss share agreement, given the level of expected losses. These expected losses would need to improve by approximately $19.0 million to result in a needed "true-up" payment to the FDIC.

F-30


Table of Contents

Note 3—Investment Securities

The following is the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities held to maturity:

(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

December 31, 2012:

State and municipal obligations

$ 15,440 $ 1,113 $ $ 16,553

December 31, 2011:

State and municipal obligations

$ 16,569 $ 1,295 $ $ 17,864

The following is the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale:

(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

December 31, 2012:

Government-sponsored entities debt*

$ 87,584 $ 965 $ (31 ) $ 88,518

State and municipal obligations

147,201 5,647 (49 ) 152,799

Residential government-sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

285,800 7,489 (102 ) 293,187

Corporate stocks

241 139 (1 ) 379

$ 520,826 $ 14,240 $ (183 ) $ 534,883

December 31, 2011:

Government-sponsored entities debt*

$ 48,464 $ 1,142 $ (3 ) $ 49,603

State and municipal obligations

40,780 3,208 (31 ) 43,957

Residential government-sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

190,204 5,111 (6 ) 195,309

Corporate stocks

241 85 326

$ 279,689 $ 9,546 $ (40 ) $ 289,195

*
—Government-sponsored entities debt are comprised of debt securities offered by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") or Freddie Mac, Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") or Fannie Mae, FHLB, and Federal Farm Credit Banks ("FFCB").

F-31


Table of Contents

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)

The following is the amortized cost and fair value of other investment securities:

(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

December 31, 2012:

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

$ 8,126 $ $ $ 8,126

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

1,642 1,642

$ 9,768 $ $ $ 9,768

December 31, 2011:

Federal Reserve Bank stock

$ 7,028 $ $ $ 7,028

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

9,932 9,932

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

1,332 1,332

$ 18,292 $ $ $ 18,292

The Company has determined that the investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012 and ultimate recoverability of the par value of these investments is probable. Effective July 1, 2012, the Bank converted its national charter to a state charter and changed its name from SCBT, National Association to SCBT. In conjunction with the charter conversion, the Bank became a non-member bank of the Federal Reserve and liquidated its entire position in Federal Reserve Bank stock on July 2, 2012, with no gain or loss. On December 13, 2012, the Company acquired Savannah and now includes in the investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries an additional $310,000 related to SAVB Capital Trust I and II.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt and equity securities at December 31, 2012 by contractual maturity are detailed below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. Equity securities have no set maturity dates and are classified as "Due after ten years".


Securities
Held to Maturity
Securities
Available for Sale
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value

Due in one year or less

$ 732 $ 741 $ 3,660 $ 3,685

Due after one year through five years

1,451 1,487 16,396 16,720

Due after five years through ten years

9,256 9,922 93,240 95,712

Due after ten years

4,001 4,403 407,530 418,766

$ 15,440 $ 16,553 $ 520,826 $ 534,883

F-32


Table of Contents

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)

There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity securities during 2012, 2011 or 2010. The following table summarizes information with respect to sales of available-for-sale securities:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Sale proceeds

$ 29,301 $ 52,282 $ 45,030

Gross realized gains

$ 193 $ 517 $ 1,559

Gross realized losses

(4 ) (194 ) (1,267 )

Net realized gain (loss)

$ 189 $ 323 $ 292

The Company had 31 securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2012. Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position follows:


Less Than Twelve Months Twelve Months or More
(Dollars in thousands)
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

December 31, 2012:

Securities Held to Maturity

State and municipal obligations

$ $ $ $

$ $ $ $

Securities Available for Sale

Government-sponsored entities debt

$ 31 $ 4,963 $ $

State and municipal obligations

49 9,602

Mortgage-backed securities

102 13,709

Corporate stocks

1 9

$ 183 $ 28,283 $ $

December 31, 2011:

Securities Held to Maturity

State and municipal obligations

$ $ $ $

$ $ $ $

Securities Available for Sale

Government-sponsored entities debt

$ 3 $ 5,505 $ $

State and municipal obligations

1 420 31 724

Mortgage-backed securities

5 6,601

$ 9 $ 12,526 $ 31 $ 724

The unrealized losses in 2012 relate principally to state and municipal obligations, government sponsored entities ("GSE") debentures and mortgage-backed securities whose spreads widened to U.S. Treasury securities in the midst of the current economic and liquidity environments. In analyzing an issuer's financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, the results of reviews of the issuer's financial condition, and the issuer's anticipated ability to pay the contractual cash

F-33


Table of Contents

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)

flows of the investments. The Company does not currently intend to sell the securities within the portfolio and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt securities; therefore, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012. Management continues to monitor all of these securities with a high degree of scrutiny. There can be no assurance that the Company will not conclude in future periods that conditions existing at that time indicate some or all of these securities may be sold or are other than temporarily impaired, which would require a charge to earnings in such periods.

Management evaluates securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of interest rates, and (5) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value. As part of the Company's evaluation of its intent and ability to hold investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market, the Company considers its investment strategy, cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, investment securities with a carrying value of $203.9 million and $128.7 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds deposits and for other purposes required and permitted by law. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amount of the securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements was $109.5 million and $87.1 million, respectively.

The following table presents a roll forward of recognized charges to earnings on certain trust preferred debt securities for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012* 2011* 2010

Balance at beginning of period

$ $ $ 4,922

Additional fair market value losses on trust preferred debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

PreTSL IX B-3

1,284

PreTSL X B-1

1,550

PreTSL X B-3

431

PreTSL XI B-1

1,742

PreTSL XIII B-2

607

PreTSL XIV

1,026

PreTSL XVI C

Net fair market value losses recognized in earnings

6,640

Balance at end of period

$ $ $ 11,562

*
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company no longer had any investment in pooled trust preferred securities, nor were there any OTTI charges related to pooled trust preferred securities.

F-34


Table of Contents

Note 3—Investment Securities (Continued)

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company concluded that there appeared to have been a change in the fundamental behavior and inclination of some issuers toward earlier deferrals or defaults on their payments in the trust preferred pools, and as a result the performance of the pools had decreased the probability that the Company would be able to recognize cash flows in excess of the estimated fair value of the securities. In addition, the Company decided to liquidate these securities before anticipated recovery given the impact of the changes in the nature of the Company's balance sheet and levels of classified assets to capital. As a result of this analysis, the Company changed its intent and expectations relative to these securities, and wrote these securities down to fair market value prior to their sale (reflecting both credit and non-credit related considerations). Accordingly, a $6.6 million charge was recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2010. Additional OTTI charges of $115,000, and $130,000 were taken on equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company elected to sell seven of the eight pooled trust preferred securities at an incremental loss of $1.3 million. The remaining trust preferred security, MMCaps I A, was sold in the first quarter of 2011 at an incremental loss of $194,000. These realized losses are reflected in the income statement as a part of "Securities gains (losses), net".

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

The following is a summary of non-acquired loans:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Non-acquired loans:

Commercial non-owner occupied real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 273,420 310,845

Commercial non-owner occupied

290,071 299,698

Total commercial non-owner occupied real estate

563,491 610,543

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

434,503 391,529

Home equity loans

255,284 264,986

Total consumer real estate

689,787 656,515

Commercial owner occupied real estate

784,152 742,890

Commercial and industrial

279,763 220,454

Other income producing property

133,713 140,693

Consumer

86,934 85,342

Other loans

33,163 14,128

Total non-acquired loans

2,571,003 2,470,565

Less allowance for loan losses

(44,378 ) (49,367 )

Non-acquired loans, net

$ 2,526,625 $ 2,421,198

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the Company aggregated acquired loans that have common risk characteristics into pools of loan categories as described in the table below. The majority of the acquired loans are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The Company's acquired loan portfolio is comprised of the following balances net of related discount:

(Dollars in thousands)
Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
Total

December 31, 2012:

FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans:

Covered loans:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

$ 19,483 $ 30,201 $ 49,684

Commercial real estate

22,946 40,016 62,962

Commercial real estate—construction and development

15,107 17,468 32,575

Residential real estate

39,050 65,761 104,811

Consumer

948 3,376 4,324

Commercial and industrial

8,281 15,319 23,600

Single pay

4,599 173 4,772

Total covered loans

$ 110,414 $ 172,314 $ 282,728

Non-covered loans:

Commercial real estate

53,259 256,703 309,962

Commercial real estate—construction and development

32,975 64,901 97,876

Residential real estate

40,585 209,731 250,316

Consumer

1,672 9,689 11,361

Commercial and industrial

3,064 46,220 49,284

Total non-covered loans

131,555 587,244 718,799

Total FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans

241,969 759,558 1,001,527

Total FASB ASC Topic 310-20 acquired loans (non-covered)

73,215 73,215

Total acquired loans

241,969 832,773 1,074,742

Less allowance for loan losses

(24,988 ) (7,144 ) (32,132 )

Acquired loans, net

$ 216,981 $ 825,629 $ 1,042,610

December 31, 2011:

FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans:

Covered loans:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

$ 24,073 $ 36,756 $ 60,829

Commercial real estate

39,685 67,780 107,465

Commercial real estate—construction and development

29,528 21,425 50,953

Residential real estate

52,727 74,926 127,653

Consumer

2,669 4,364 7,033

Commercial and industrial

14,800 21,702 36,502

Single pay

3,852 208 4,060

Total covered loans

$ 167,334 $ 227,161 $ 394,495

Non-covered loans:

Commercial real estate

305 557 862

Commercial real estate—construction and development

5 47 52

Residential real estate

244 753 997

Consumer

2,723 263 2,986

Commercial and industrial

219 2,590 2,809

Total non-covered loans

3,496 4,210 7,706

Total FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans

170,830 231,371 402,201

Less allowance for loan losses

(23,875 ) (7,745 ) (31,620 )

Acquired loans, net

$ 146,955 $ 223,626 $ 370,581

F-36


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, other fair value adjustments and the resulting fair values of FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans impaired and non-impaired at the acquisition date for Savannah (December 13, 2012) are as follows:


December 13, 2012

FASB ASC Topic 310-30 Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
Total

Contractual principal and interest

$ 155,582 $ 483,293 $ 638,875

Non-accretable difference

(37,492 ) (9,460 ) (46,952 )

Cash flows expected to be collected

118,090 473,833 591,923

Accretable yield

(8,615 ) (51,466 ) (60,081 )

Carrying value

$ 109,475 $ 422,367 $ 531,842

The table above excludes $69.5 million ($74.9 million in contractual principal less a $5.4 million fair value adjustment) in acquired loans at fair value as of the acquisition date that will be accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-20. These loans are primarily commercial and consumer lines of credit for which the entire discount will be accreted into interest income.

Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, other fair value adjustments and the resulting fair values of acquired loans impaired and non-impaired at the acquisition date for Peoples (April 24, 2012) are as follows:


April 24, 2012

FASB ASC Topic 310-30 Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
Total

Contractual principal and interest

$ 56,940 $ 250,023 $ 306,963

Non-accretable difference

(21,237 ) (16,560 ) (37,797 )

Cash flows expected to be collected

35,703 233,463 269,166

Accretable yield

(4,968 ) (29,953 ) (34,921 )

Carrying value

$ 30,735 $ 203,510 $ 234,245

F-37


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, accretable yield and the resulting carrying values of FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans (impaired and non-impaired) are as follows:


FASB ASC Topic 310-30 Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
Total

December 31, 2012:

Contractual principal and interest

$ 376,894 $ 926,153 $ 1,303,047

Non-accretable difference

(86,514 ) (54,157 ) (140,671 )

Cash flows expected to be collected

290,380 871,996 1,162,376

Accretable yield

(48,411 ) (112,438 ) (160,849 )

Carrying value

$ 241,969 $ 759,558 $ 1,001,527

Allowance for loan losses on acquired loans

$ (24,988 ) $ (7,144 ) $ (32,132 )

December 31, 2011:

Contractual principal and interest

$ 382,760 $ 361,726 $ 744,486

Non-accretable difference

(176,601 ) (71,084 ) (247,685 )

Cash flows expected to be collected

206,159 290,642 496,801

Accretable yield

(35,329 ) (59,271 ) (94,600 )

Carrying value

$ 170,830 $ 231,371 $ 402,201

Allowance for loan losses on acquired loans

$ (23,875 ) $ (7,745 ) $ (31,620 )

The table above excludes $73.2 million ($78.5 million in contractual principal less a $5.3 million discount) in acquired loans at carrying value as of December 31, 2012 that will be accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-20. There was no allowance for loan losses related to these loans as of December 31, 2012.

Income on acquired loans that are not impaired at the acquisition date is recognized in the same manner as loans impaired at the acquisition date. A portion of the fair value discount on acquired non-impaired loans has been ascribed as an accretable yield that is accreted into interest income over the estimated remaining life of the loans. The remaining nonaccretable difference represents cash flows not expected to be collected.

The unpaid contractual principal balance for acquired loans was $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012 and $597.7 million at December 31, 2011.

F-38


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following are changes in the carrying value of acquired loans during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:


FASB ASC Topic 310-30
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans
Impaired
at Acquisition
Loans
Not Impaired
at Acquisition
Total

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 146,955 $ 223,626 $ 370,581

Fair value of acquired loans

140,210 625,877 766,087

Net increases (reductions) for payments, foreclosures, draws, and accretion

(69,071 ) (97,690 ) (166,761 )

Change in the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans

(1,113 ) 601 (512 )

Balance, December 31, 2012, net of allowance for loan losses on acquired loans

$ 216,981 $ 752,414 $ 969,395

Balance, December 31, 2010

$ 143,059 $ 177,979 $ 321,038

Fair value of acquired loans

92,278 130,156 222,434

Net reductions for payments, foreclosures, and accretion

(64,507 ) (76,764 ) (141,271 )

Change in the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans

(23,875 ) (7,745 ) (31,620 )

Balance, December 31, 2011, net of allowance for loan losses on acquired loans

$ 146,955 $ 223,626 $ 370,581

The table above excludes $73.2 million ($69.5 million in fair value of acquired loans and $3.7 million in net increases for payments, draws, and accretion) in acquired loans at carrying value as of December 31, 2012 that will be accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-20.

The following are changes in the carrying amount of accretable yield for purchased impaired and non-impaired loans:


Years Ended
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Beginning at beginning of period

$ 94,600 $ 44,684

Addition from the Habersham acquisition

28,115

Addition from BankMeridian acquisition

21,216

Addition from the Peoples acquisition

34,921

Addition from the SAVB acquisition

60,081

Interest income

(52,628 ) (40,710 )

Reclass of nonaccretable difference due to improvement in expected cash flows

35,739 41,555

Other changes, net

(11,864 ) (260 )

Balance at end of period

$ 160,849 $ 94,600

On December 13, 2006, the FDIC, Federal Reserve, OCC, and other regulatory agencies collectively revised the banking agencies' 1993 policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease

F-39


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

losses to ensure consistency with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and more recent supervisory guidance. Our loan loss policy adheres to the interagency guidance.

The allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates made by management. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that we believe is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans that are determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of our loan portfolio. Arriving at the allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and results in a range of estimated losses. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of the allowance through our internal risk rating system, outside credit review, and regulatory agency examinations to assess the quality of the loan portfolio and identify problem loans. The evaluation process also includes our analysis of current economic conditions, composition of the loan portfolio, past due and nonaccrual loans, concentrations of credit, lending policies and procedures, and historical loan loss experience. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on, among other factors, changes in economic conditions in our markets. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowances for losses on loans. These agencies may require management to recognize additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these and other factors, it is possible that the allowances for losses on loans may change. The provision for loan losses is charged to expense in an amount necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level.

The allowance for loan losses on non-acquired loans consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience for each class of loans and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. Currently, these adjustments are applied to the non-acquired loan portfolio when estimating the level of reserve required. The specific reserves are determined on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of our exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. These are loans classified by management as doubtful or substandard. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Generally, the need for specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000, and once a specific reserve is established for a loan, a charge off of that amount occurs in the quarter subsequent to the establishment of the specific reserve. Loans that are determined to be impaired are provided a specific reserve, if necessary, and are excluded from the calculation of the general reserves.

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased loans, and in subsequent accounting, SCBT generally aggregates purchased loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics. Expected cash flows at the acquisition date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans using a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows of the pool is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date are reclassified from the non-accretable difference to accretable yield and recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in expected cash flows after the acquisition date are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Management analyzes the acquired loan pools using various assessments of risk to determine an expected loss. The expected loss is derived based upon a loss given default based upon the collateral type and/or detailed review by loan officers of loans greater than $500,000 and the probability of default that is determined based upon

F-40


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

historical data at the loan level. Trends are reviewed in terms of accrual status, past due status, and weighted-average grade of the loans within each of the accounting pools. In addition, the relationship between the change in the unpaid principal balance and change in the mark is assessed to correlate the directional consistency of the expected loss for each pool. Offsetting the impact of the provision established for acquired loans covered under FDIC loss share agreements, the receivable from the FDIC is adjusted to reflect the indemnified portion of the post-acquisition exposure with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. (For further discussion of the Company's allowance for loan losses on acquired loans, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions.)

An aggregated analysis of the changes in allowance for loan losses is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Non-acquired
Loans
Acquired Loans Total

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Balance at beginning of period

$ 49,367 $ 31,620 $ 80,987

Loans charged-off

(21,930 ) (21,930 )

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

3,756 3,756

Net charge-offs

(18,174 ) (18,174 )

Provision for loan losses

13,185 512 13,697

Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

(78 ) (78 )

Total provision for loan losses charged to operations

13,185 434 13,619

Provision for loan losses recorded through the FDIC
loss share receivable

78 78

Balance at end of period

$ 44,378 $ 32,132 $ 76,510

Year ended December 31, 2011:

Balance at beginning of period

$ 47,512 $ $ 47,512

Loans charged-off

(29,209 ) (29,209 )

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

2,409 2,409

Net charge-offs

(26,800 ) (26,800 )

Provision for loan losses

28,655 31,620 60,275

Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

(30,039 ) (30,039 )

Total provision for loan losses charged to operations

28,655 1,581 30,236

Provision for loan losses recorded through the FDIC
loss share receivable

30,039 30,039

Balance at end of period

$ 49,367 $ 31,620 $ 80,987

Year ended December 31, 2010:

Balance at beginning of period

$ 37,488 $ $ 37,488

Loans charged-off

(46,817 ) (46,817 )

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

2,559 2,559

Net charge-offs

(44,258 ) (44,258 )

Provision for loan losses

54,282 54,282

Balance at end of period

$ 47,512 $ $ 47,512

F-41


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following tables present a disaggregated analysis of activity in the allowance for loan losses and loan balances for non-acquired loans:

(Dollars in thousands)
Construction &
Land
Development
Commercial
Non-owner
Occupied
Commercial
Owner
Occupied
Consumer
Owner
Occupied
Home
Equity
Commercial &
Industrial
Other
Income
Producing
Property
Consumer Other
Loans
Total

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 12,373 $ 6,109 $ 10,356 $ 7,453 $ 4,269 $ 3,901 $ 3,636 $ 1,145 $ 125 $ 49,367

Charge-offs

(8,454 ) (2,348 ) (2,781 ) (1,850 ) (1,394 ) (2,033 ) (924 ) (2,146 ) (21,930 )

Recoveries

1,428 282 5 124 600 228 361 728 3,756

Provision

5,489 878 1,163 841 151 2,843 674 1,054 92 13,185

Balance, December 31, 2012

$ 10,836 $ 4,921 $ 8,743 $ 6,568 $ 3,626 $ 4,939 $ 3,747 $ 781 $ 217 $ 44,378

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ 1,573 $ 411 $ 648 $ 213 $ $ 1,030 $ 1,004 $ $ $ 4,879

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 9,263 $ 4,510 $ 8,095 $ 6,355 $ 3,626 $ 3,909 $ 2,743 $ 781 $ 217 $ 39,499

Loans:

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ 13,549 $ 5,344 $ 20,212 $ 1,954 $ $ 1,783 $ 4,393 $ $ $ 47,235

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

259,871 284,727 763,940 432,549 255,284 277,980 129,320 86,934 33,163 2,523,768

Total non-acquired loans

$ 273,420 $ 290,071 $ 784,152 $ 434,503 $ 255,284 $ 279,763 $ 133,713 $ 86,934 $ 33,163 $ 2,571,003

Year ended December 31, 2011:

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance, December 31, 2010

$ 14,242 $ 6,428 $ 7,814 $ 6,060 $ 4,424 $ 4,313 $ 2,834 $ 1,191 $ 206 $ 47,512

Charge-offs

(11,848 ) (3,805 ) (2,346 ) (3,365 ) (2,159 ) (1,872 ) (2,366 ) (1,337 ) (111 ) (29,209 )

Recoveries

518 144 158 224 132 295 293 645 2,409

Provision

9,461 3,342 4,730 4,534 1,872 1,165 2,875 646 30 28,655

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 12,373 $ 6,109 $ 10,356 $ 7,453 $ 4,269 $ 3,901 $ 3,636 $ 1,145 $ 125 $ 49,367

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ 1,646 $ 706 $ 1,510 $ 262 $ $ $ 289 $ $ $ 4,413

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 10,727 $ 5,403 $ 8,846 $ 7,191 $ 4,269 $ 3,901 $ 3,347 $ 1,145 $ 125 $ 44,954

Loans:

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ 24,749 $ 12,040 $ 17,717 $ 2,594 $ $ 1,576 $ 3,375 $ $ $ 62,051

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

286,096 287,658 725,173 388,935 264,986 218,878 137,318 85,342 14,128 2,408,514

Total non-acquired loans

$ 310,845 $ 299,698 $ 742,890 $ 391,529 $ 264,986 $ 220,454 $ 140,693 $ 85,342 $ 14,128 $ 2,470,565

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)
Construction &
Land
Development
Commercial
Non-owner
Occupied
Commercial
Owner
Occupied
Consumer
Owner
Occupied
Home
Equity
Commercial &
Industrial
Other
Income
Producing
Property
Consumer Other
Loans
Total

Year ended December 31, 2010:

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance, December 31, 2009

$ 9,169 $ 5,792 $ 5,978 $ 4,635 $ 3,751 $ 4,330 $ 2,375 $ 1,258 $ 200 $ 37,488

Charge-offs

(19,150 ) (3,011 ) (2,625 ) (7,285 ) (2,490 ) (9,138 ) (338 ) (2,780 ) (46,817 )

Recoveries

785 29 126 149 45 713 6 706 2,559

Provision

23,438 3,618 4,335 8,561 3,118 8,408 791 2,007 6 54,282

Balance, December 31, 2010

$ 14,242 $ 6,428 $ 7,814 $ 6,060 $ 4,424 $ 4,313 $ 2,834 $ 1,191 $ 206 $ 47,512

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ 1,718 $ 1,444 $ 830 $ 80 $ $ 36 $ 28 $ $ $ 4,136

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 12,524 $ 4,984 $ 6,984 $ 5,980 $ 4,424 $ 4,277 $ 2,806 $ 1,191 $ 206 $ 43,376

Loans:

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ 23,081 $ 10,948 $ 10,747 $ 1,540 $ $ 1,144 $ 3,153 $ $ $ 50,613

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

368,906 309,255 567,840 323,930 263,961 201,843 121,278 67,768 20,806 2,245,587

Total non-acquired loans

$ 391,987 $ 320,203 $ 578,587 $ 325,470 $ 263,961 $ 202,987 $ 124,431 $ 67,768 $ 20,806 $ 2,296,200

F-43


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following tables present a disaggregated analysis of activity in the allowance for loan losses and loan balances for acquired loans. There was no acquired allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Loans Greater
Than or Equal
to $1 Million
Commercial
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate—
Construction
and
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Consumer Commercial
and
Industrial
Single
Pay
FASB ASC
Topic 310-20
Loans
Total

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 16,706 $ 1,318 $ $ 5,471 $ $ 4,564 $ 3,561 $ $ 31,620

Charge-offs

Recoveries

Provision for loan losses before benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

(1,298 ) 199 1,628 (855 ) 96 (259 ) 1,001 512

Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

1,233 (30 ) (1,319 ) 813 (88 ) 264 (951 ) (78 )

Total provision for loan losses charged to operations

(65 ) 169 309 (42 ) 8 5 50 434

Provision for loan losses recorded through the FDIC loss share receivable

(1,233 ) 30 1,319 (813 ) 88 (264 ) 951 78

Balance, December 31, 2012

$ 15,408 $ 1,517 $ 1,628 $ 4,616 $ 96 $ 4,305 $ 4,562 $ $ 32,132

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 15,408 $ 1,517 $ 1,628 $ 4,616 $ 96 $ 4,305 $ 4,562 $ $ 32,132

Loans:*

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

49,684 372,924 130,451 355,127 15,685 72,884 4,772 73,215 1,074,742

Total acquired loans

$ 49,684 $ 372,924 $ 130,451 $ 355,127 $ 15,685 $ 72,884 $ 4,772 $ 73,215 $ 1,074,742

Year ended December 31, 2011:

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance, December 31, 2010

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Charge-offs

Recoveries

Provision for loan losses before benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

16,706 1,318 5,471 4,564 3,561 31,620

Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

(15,871 ) (1,252 ) (5,197 ) (4,336 ) (3,383 ) (30,039 )

Total provision for loan losses charged to operations

835 66 274 228 178 1,581

Provision for loan losses recorded through the FDIC loss share receivable

15,871 1,252 5,197 4,336 3,383 30,039

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 16,706 $ 1,318 $ $ 5,471 $ $ 4,564 $ 3,561 $ $ 31,620

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$ 16,706 $ 1,318 $ $ 5,471 $ $ 4,564 $ 3,561 $ $ 31,620

Loans:*

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

60,829 108,327 51,005 128,650 10,019 39,311 4,060 402,201

Total acquired loans

$ 60,829 $ 108,327 $ 51,005 $ 128,650 $ 10,019 $ 39,311 $ 4,060 $ $ 402,201

*
—The carrying value of FASB ASC Topic 310-30 acquired loans includes a non-accretable difference which is primarily associated with the assessment of credit quality of acquired loans.

F-44


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company's loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to (i) the level of classified loans, (ii) net charge-offs, (iii) non-performing loans (see details below) and (iv) the general economic conditions of the markets that we serve.

The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans. A description of the general characteristics of the risk grades is as follows:

    Pass—These loans range from minimal credit risk to average however still acceptable credit risk.

    Special mention—A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or the institution's credit position at some future date.

    Substandard—A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that may jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. A substandard loan is characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

    Doubtful—A doubtful loan has all of the weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of the currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of commercial loans for non-acquired loans:


Construction &
Development
Commercial Non-owner
Occupied
Commercial Owner
Occupied
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 215,793 $ 232,131 $ 232,714 $ 231,954 $ 716,578 $ 656,914

Special mention

31,670 33,254 38,473 43,733 31,800 38,511

Substandard

25,957 45,460 18,884 24,011 35,774 47,465

Doubtful

$ 273,420 $ 310,845 $ 290,071 $ 299,698 $ 784,152 $ 742,890



Commercial &
Industrial
Other Income
Producing Property
Commercial Total

December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 265,148 $ 207,063 $ 114,809 $ 117,237 $ 1,545,042 $ 1,445,299

Special mention

8,626 6,949 9,324 11,885 119,893 134,332

Substandard

5,989 6,442 9,580 11,571 96,184 134,949

Doubtful

$ 279,763 $ 220,454 $ 133,713 $ 140,693 $ 1,761,119 $ 1,714,580

F-45


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of consumer loans for non-acquired loans:


Consumer Owner
Occupied
Home Equity Consumer
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 388,822 $ 342,307 $ 241,184 $ 247,929 $ 85,517 $ 84,189

Special mention

24,515 25,298 7,837 10,018 897 682

Substandard

21,166 23,924 6,239 7,039 519 471

Doubtful

24 1

$ 434,503 $ 391,529 $ 255,284 $ 264,986 $ 86,934 $ 85,342



Other Consumer Total

December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 33,163 $ 14,128 $ 748,686 $ 688,553

Special mention

33,249 35,998

Substandard

27,924 31,434

Doubtful

25

$ 33,163 $ 14,128 $ 809,884 $ 755,985

The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of total non-acquired loans:


Total Non-acquired Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 2,293,728 $ 2,133,852

Special mention

153,142 170,330

Substandard

124,108 166,383

Doubtful

25

$ 2,571,003 $ 2,470,565

At December 31, 2012, the aggregate amount of non-acquired substandard and doubtful loans totaled $124.1 million. When these loans are combined with non-acquired OREO of $19.1 million, our non-acquired classified assets (as defined by the state of South Carolina and the FDIC, our primary federal regulators) were $143.2 million. At December 31, 2011, the amounts were $166.4 million, $18.0 million, and $184.4 million, respectively.

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of covered acquired loans, net of the related discount (this table should be read in conjunction with the allowance for acquired loan losses table found on page F-44):


Commercial Loans
Greater Than or Equal to
$1 million—CBT
Commercial Real Estate Commercial Real Estate—
Construction and
Development
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 14,355 $ 17,257 $ 22,687 $ 33,770 $ 7,134 $ 11,791

Special mention

3,470 5,164 10,609 22,089 3,474 5,947

Substandard

31,859 38,408 29,501 51,108 21,154 30,566

Doubtful

165 498 813 2,649

$ 49,684 $ 60,829 $ 62,962 $ 107,465 $ 32,575 $ 50,953



Residential Real Estate Consumer Commercial & Industrial

December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 41,907 $ 50,971 $ 2,215 $ 3,375 $ 8,073 $ 9,007

Special mention

20,915 19,550 574 722 3,744 6,963

Substandard

41,963 54,281 1,534 2,446 11,753 19,476

Doubtful

26 2,851 1 490 30 1,056

$ 104,811 $ 127,653 $ 4,324 $ 7,033 $ 23,600 $ 36,502



Single Pay

December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 57 $ 465

Special mention

52 62

Substandard

4,633 3,533

Doubtful

$ 4,772 $ 4,060

The following table presents the credit risk profile by risk grade of non-covered acquired loans, net of the related discount (this table should be read in conjunction with the allowance for acquired loan losses table found on page F-44):


Commercial Real Estate Commercial Real Estate—
Construction and
Development
Residential Real Estate
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 274,721 $ 799 $ 80,008 $ 47 $ 213,069 $ 777

Special mention

11,670 38 4,268 17,324

Substandard

23,571 25 13,600 5 19,923 220

Doubtful

$ 309,962 $ 862 $ 97,876 $ 52 $ 250,316 $ 997

F-47


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)



Consumer Commercial & Industrial FASB ASC Topic 310-20 Loans

December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011

Pass

$ 10,712 $ 2,394 $ 45,973 $ 2,201 $ 71,174 $

Special mention

209 168 1,549 332 574

Substandard

440 424 1,762 276 1,467

Doubtful

$ 11,361 $ 2,986 $ 49,284 $ 2,809 $ 73,215 $

The risk grading of acquired loans is determined utilizing a loan's contractual balance, while the amount recorded in the financial statements and reflected above is the carrying value. In an FDIC-assisted acquisition, covered acquired loans are initially recorded at their fair value, including a credit discount due to the high concentration of substandard and doubtful loans. In addition to the credit discount and the allowance for loan losses on covered acquired loans, the Company's risk of loss is mitigated by the FDIC loss share arrangement.

An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class for non-acquired loans, was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days
Past Due
Total
Past Due
Current Total Loans

December 31, 2012:

Commercial real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 812 $ 701 $ 10,435 $ 11,948 $ 261,472 $ 273,420

Commercial non-owner occupied

1,013 572 3,605 5,190 284,881 290,071

Commercial owner occupied

1,141 40 9,827 11,008 773,144 784,152

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

1,433 241 4,045 5,719 428,784 434,503

Home equity loans

735 170 395 1,300 253,984 255,284

Commercial and industrial

1,187 513 549 2,249 277,514 279,763

Other income producing property

322 278 3,253 3,853 129,860 133,713

Consumer

364 151 112 627 86,307 86,934

Other loans

49 41 36 126 33,037 33,163

$ 7,056 $ 2,707 $ 32,257 $ 42,020 $ 2,528,983 $ 2,571,003

December 31, 2011:

Commercial real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 1,056 $ 2,793 $ 13,176 $ 17,025 $ 293,820 $ 310,845

Commercial non-owner occupied

998 539 10,088 11,625 288,073 299,698

Commercial owner occupied

2,731 902 12,936 16,569 726,321 742,890

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

3,288 762 5,819 9,869 381,660 391,529

Home equity loans

889 360 647 1,896 263,090 264,986

Commercial and industrial

389 142 1,218 1,749 218,705 220,454

Other income producing property

192 29 4,185 4,406 136,287 140,693

Consumer

302 130 33 465 84,877 85,342

Other loans

97 74 46 217 13,911 14,128

$ 9,942 $ 5,731 $ 48,148 $ 63,821 $ 2,406,744 $ 2,470,565

F-48


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class for acquired loans, was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days
Past Due
Total
Past Due
Current Total Loans

December 31, 2012:

Covered loans:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

$ 922 $ 993 $ 22,471 $ 24,386 $ 25,298 $ 49,684

Commercial real estate

3,154 1,536 12,162 16,852 46,110 62,962

Commercial real estate—construction and development

1,381 220 11,615 13,216 19,359 32,575

Residential real estate

2,502 2,636 12,328 17,466 87,345 104,811

Consumer

67 19 687 773 3,551 4,324

Commercial and industrial

739 190 4,870 5,799 17,801 23,600

Single pay

1 3,256 62 3,319 1,453 4,772

8,766 8,850 64,195 81,811 200,917 282,728

Non-covered loans:

Commercial real estate

2,712 770 5,326 8,808 301,154 309,962

Commercial real estate—construction and development

1,595 1,353 7,103 10,051 87,825 97,876

Residential real estate

5,109 2,193 5,987 13,289 237,027 250,316

Consumer

114 57 49 220 11,141 11,361

Commercial and industrial

529 97 277 903 48,381 49,284

FASB ASC Topic 310-20 loans

388 111 148 647 72,568 73,215

10,447 4,581 18,890 33,918 758,096 792,014

$ 19,213 $ 13,431 $ 83,085 $ 115,729 $ 959,013 $ 1,074,742

December 31, 2011:

Covered loans:

Commercial loans greater than or equal to $1 million—CBT

$ $ 990 $ 27,582 $ 28,572 $ 32,257 $ 60,829

Commercial real estate

3,720 2,422 21,361 27,503 79,962 107,465

Commercial real estate—construction and development

2,907 1,121 20,704 24,732 26,221 50,953

Residential real estate

3,214 2,225 14,243 19,682 107,971 127,653

Consumer

183 125 1,151 1,459 5,574 7,033

Commercial and industrial

1,360 473 9,422 11,255 25,247 36,502

Single pay

79 5 2,866 2,950 1,110 4,060

11,463 7,361 97,329 116,153 278,342 394,495

Non-covered loans:

Commercial real estate

862 862

Commercial real estate—construction and development

52 52

Residential real estate

50 50 947 997

Consumer

79 39 129 247 2,739 2,986

Commercial and industrial

50 39 115 204 2,605 2,809

179 78 244 501 7,205 7,706

$ 11,642 $ 7,439 $ 97,573 $ 116,654 $ 285,547 $ 402,201

F-49


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired non-acquired loans:

(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
Gross
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
Total
Recorded
Investment
Related
Allowance

December 31, 2012:

Commercial real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 21,350 $ 8,659 $ 4,890 $ 13,549 $ 1,573

Commercial non-owner occupied

7,564 3,148 2,196 5,344 411

Commercial owner occupied

23,566 15,698 4,514 20,212 648

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

2,040 1,954 1,954 213

Home equity loans

Commercial and industrial


2,595

464

1,319

1,783

1,030

Other income producing property

4,656 1,382 3,011 4,393 1,004

Consumer

Other loans

Total impaired loans

$ 61,771 $ 29,351 $ 17,884 $ 47,235 $ 4,879

December 31, 2011:

Commercial real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 34,076 $ 19,521 $ 5,228 $ 24,749 $ 1,646

Commercial non-owner occupied

14,269 9,704 2,336 12,040 706

Commercial owner occupied

21,072 10,692 7,025 17,717 1,510

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

2,815 607 1,987 2,594 262

Home equity loans

Commercial and industrial


1,788

1,576


1,576

Other income producing property

4,393 2,132 1,243 3,375 289

Consumer

Other loans

Total impaired loans

$ 78,413 $ 44,232 $ 17,819 $ 62,051 $ 4,413

Acquired loans are accounted for in pools as shown on page F-36 rather than being individually evaluated for impairment; therefore, the table above only pertains to non-acquired loans.

F-50


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following summarizes the average investment in non-acquired impaired loans and interest income recognized on impaired loans:


Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Investment in
Impaired Loans
Interest Income
Recognized
Average
Investment in
Impaired Loans
Interest Income
Recognized

Commercial real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 18,048 $ 114 $ 22,365 $ 429

Commercial non-owner occupied

7,503 85 11,522 138

Commercial owner occupied

17,460 347 12,664 484

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

2,223 65 2,180 40

Home equity loans

Commercial and industrial


921

23

1,215

104

Other income producing property

3,171 117 1,679 105

Consumer

Other loans

Total Impaired Loans

$ 49,326 $ 751 $ 51,625 $ 1,300

The following is a summary of information pertaining to non-acquired nonaccrual loans by class, including restructured loans:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Commercial non-owner occupied real estate:

Construction and land development

$ 11,961 $ 21,347

Commercial non-owner occupied

4,780 10,931

Total commercial non-owner occupied real estate

16,741 32,278

Consumer real estate:

Consumer owner occupied

8,025 8,017

Home equity loans

1,835 1,005

Total consumer real estate

9,860 9,022

Commercial owner occupied real estate

14,146 15,405

Commercial and industrial

2,152 1,913

Other income producing property

5,405 5,329

Consumer

83 223

Other loans

Restructured loans

13,151 11,807

Total loans on nonaccrual status

$ 61,538 $ 75,977

In the course of resolving delinquent loans, the Bank may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans. Any loans that are modified are reviewed by the Bank to determine if a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR" or "restructured loan") has occurred. A TDR is a modification in which the Bank grants a concession to a borrower that it would not otherwise consider due to economic or legal reasons related to a borrower's financial difficulties. The concessions granted on

F-51


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

TDRs generally include terms to reduce the interest rate, extend the term of the debt obligation, or modify the payment structure on the debt obligation.

The Bank designates loan modifications as TDRs when it grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider due to the borrower experiencing financial difficulty (FASB ASC Topic 310-40). Loans on nonaccrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as nonaccrual TDRs. Loans on accruing status at the date of concession are initially classified as accruing TDRs if the note is reasonably assured of repayment and performance is expected in accordance with its modified terms. Such loans may be designated as nonaccrual loans subsequent to the concession date if reasonable doubt exists as to the collection of interest or principal under the restructuring agreement. Nonaccrual TDRs are returned to accruing status when there is economic substance to the restructuring, there is documented credit evaluation of the borrower's financial condition, the remaining balance is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with its modified terms, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained repayment performance in accordance with the modified terms for a reasonable period of time (generally a minimum of six months).

F-52


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following table presents non-acquired loans designated as TDRs segregated by class and type of concession that was granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:


Years Ended December 31,

2012 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Number
of loans
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Number
of loans
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

Interest rate modification

Construction and land development

1 $ 165 $ 156 15 $ 3,595 $ 3,194

Commercial owner occupied

4 5,355 5,215 2 1,334 1,286

Consumer owner occupied

2 759 737

Commercial and industrial

1 474 464

Other income producing property

2 409 404

Total interest rate modifications

6 $ 5,994 $ 5,835 21 $ 6,097 $ 5,621

Term modification

Construction and land development

2 835 824 2 2,938 2,929

Commercial non-owner occupied

1 700 700

Commercial owner occupied

2 928 864

Consumer owner occupied

1 605 591

Total term modifications

3 $ 1,535 $ 1,524 5 $ 4,471 $ 4,384

Forgiveness of principal

Commercial non-owner occupied

Commercial owner occupied

Total forgiveness of principal

$ $ $ $

Total restructured loans

9 $ 7,529 $ 7,359 26 $ 10,568 $ 10,005

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the balance of accruing TDRs was $6.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, there had been no modifications of acquired loans which the Bank designated as TDRs.

F-53


Table of Contents

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following table presents the changes in status of non-acquired loans restructured within the previous 12 months by type of concession:


Paying Under
Restructured Terms
Converted to
Non-accrual
Foreclosure/Default
(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
loans
Recorded
Investment
Number of
loans
Recorded
Investment
Number of
loans
Recorded
Investment

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Interest rate modification

6 $ 5,836 $ $

Term modification

3 1,524

Forgiveness of principal

9 $ 7,360 $ $

Year ended December 31, 2011:

Interest rate modification

21 $ 5,621 $ $

Term modification

4 4,090 1 294

Forgiveness of principal

25 $ 9,711 1 $ 294 $

The amount of specific reserve associated with non-acquired restructured loans was $1.1 million at December 31, 2012, none of which were related to the restructured loans that had subsequently defaulted. The Company had $161,000 in remaining availability under commitments to lend additional funds on these restructured loans at December 31, 2012.

There were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous 12 months for which there was a subsequent payment default during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Note 5—FDIC Indemnification Asset

The following table provides changes in the FDIC indemnification asset:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Balance at beginning of period

$ 262,651 $ 212,103

FDIC indemnification asset recorded for Habersham agreement

87,418

FDIC indemnification asset recorded for BankMeridian agreement

50,753

Increase (decrease) in expected losses on loans

78 30,039

Additional losses on OREO

7,467 20,109

Reimbursable expenses

9,262 13,300

Amortization of discounts and premiums, net

(20,773 ) (10,135 )

Reimbursements from FDIC

(112,514 ) (140,936 )

Balance at end of period

$ 146,171 $ 262,651

F-54


Table of Contents

Note 5—FDIC Indemnification Asset (Continued)

The FDIC indemnification asset is measured separately from the related covered assets. At December 31, 2012, the projected cash flows related to the FDIC indemnification asset for losses on assets acquired were approximately $46.4 million less than the current carrying value. This amount is being recognized as negative accretion (in non-interest income) over the shorter of the underlying asset's remaining life or remaining term of the loss share agreements. Subsequent to year-end, the Company received $15.2 million from loss share claims filed, including reimbursable expenses.

Included in the FDIC indemnification asset is an expected "true up" with the FDIC related to the BankMeridian acquisition. This amount is determined each reporting period and at December 31, 2012, was estimated to be approximately $3.3 million at the end of the loss share agreement (in ten years). The actual payment will be determined at the end of the loss sharing agreement term for each of the three FDIC-assisted acquisitions and is based on the negative bid, expected losses, intrinsic loss estimate, and assets covered under loss share. There was no true up expected from the CBT or Habersham Bank FDIC-assisted transactions as of December 31, 2012.

Note 6—Other Real Estate Owned

The following is a summary of information pertaining to OREO at December 31, 2012:

(Dollars in thousands)
OREO Covered
OREO
Total

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 18,022 $ 65,849 $ 83,871

Acquired in Peoples acquisition

8,104 8,104

Acquired in SAVB acquisition

8,619 8,619

Additions, net

25,958 20,631 46,589

Writedowns

(5,633 ) (7,557 ) (13,190 )

Sold

(22,822 ) (44,666 ) (67,488 )

Balance, December 31, 2012

$ 32,248 $ 34,257 $ 66,505

The following is a summary of information pertaining to OREO at December 31, 2011:

(Dollars in thousands)
OREO Covered
OREO
Total

Balance, December 31, 2010

$ 17,264 $ 69,317 $ 86,581

Acquired in Habersham acquisition

14,493 14,493

Acquired in BankMeridian acquisition

4,826 4,826

Additions, net

21,342 39,793 61,135

Writedowns

(7,665 ) (21,345 ) (29,010 )

Sold

(12,919 ) (41,235 ) (54,154 )

Balance, December 31, 2011

$ 18,022 $ 65,849 $ 83,871

The covered OREO above is covered pursuant to the FDIC loss share agreements and is presented net of the related fair value discount. At December 31, 2012, there were 432 properties included in OREO, with 181 uncovered and 251 covered by loss share agreement with the FDIC. At December 31, 2011, there were 900 properties in OREO, with 90 uncovered and 810 covered by loss share agreement with the FDIC. During 2012, the Company sold 970 properties with 822 being covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC and 148 being uncovered compared to 2011, when 418 properties were sold with 362 being covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC and 56 were uncovered.

F-55


Table of Contents

Note 7—Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:



December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
Useful Life 2012 2011

Land

$ 30,522 $ 24,331

Buildings and leasehold improvements

15 - 40 years 98,500 72,257

Equipment and furnishings

3 - 10 years 50,538 40,558

Construction in process

1,172 678

Total

180,732 137,824

Less accumulated depreciation

(65,149 ) (43,574 )

$ 115,583 $ 94,250

Depreciation expense charged to operations was $8.7 million, $7.8 million, and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company reviewed the assets held for future branch sites and determined that certain of these assets would be disposed of requiring reclassification to OREO. These assets increased OREO by $347,000 during the quarter, and resulted in a $306,000 impairment charge being recorded in earnings.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, computer software with an original cost of $8.9 million and $6.3 million, respectively, were being amortized using the straight-line method over thirty-six months. Amortization expense totaled $1.3 million, $928,000, and $633,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Note 8—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , the Company ceased amortization of goodwill as of January 1, 2002. The Company has determined that there has been no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2012. The following is a summary of changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill:


Years Ended
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Balance at beginning of period

$ 62,888 $ 62,888

Additions:

Goodwill from Peoples acquisition

3,828

Goodwill from Savannah acquisition

33,886

Balance at end of period

$ 100,602 $ 62,888

F-56


Table of Contents

Note 8—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

The Company's other intangible assets, consisting of core deposit intangibles, noncompete intangibles, and client list intangibles are included on the face of the balance sheet. The following is a summary of gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Gross carrying amount

$ 36,983 $ 21,150

Accumulated amortization

(11,784 ) (9,612 )

$ 25,199 $ 11,538

Amortization expense totaled $2.2 million, $2.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Other intangibles are amortized using either the straight-line method or an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives, with lives generally between 2 and 15 years. Estimated amortization expense for other intangibles for each of the next five years is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Years ending December 31:

2013

$ 4,092

2014

3,921

2015

3,646

2016

2,226

2017

2,093

Thereafter

9,221

$ 25,199

Note 9—Deposits

The Company's total deposits are comprised of the following:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Certificates of deposit

$ 1,062,842 $ 903,874

Interest-bearing demand deposits

1,911,673 1,432,806

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

981,963 658,454

Savings deposits

341,103 258,644

Other time deposits

779 694

Total deposits

$ 4,298,360 $ 3,254,472

The aggregate amounts of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2012, and 2011, were $464.6 million and $392.7 million, respectively. In July of 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently increased the insurance limit on deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. At December 31, 2012, and 2011, the Company had $129.6 million and $124.2 million in certificates of deposits greater than $250,000, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $13.0 million in traditional, out-of-market brokered deposits. The Company did not have any such brokered deposits at December 31, 2011.

F-57


Table of Contents

Note 9—Deposits (Continued)

At December 31, 2012, the scheduled maturities of time deposits (includes $779,000 of other time deposits) of all denominations are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Years ending December 31:

2013

$ 843,104

2014

97,704

2015

67,222

2016

26,960

2017

18,692

Thereafter

9,939

$ 1,063,621

Note 10—Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one to three days from the transaction date, but may have maturities as long as nine months per our policies. Certain of the borrowings have no defined maturity date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis. Some securities underlying these agreements include arrangements to resell securities from broker-dealers approved by the Company. Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are below:


December 31,

2012 2011 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate

At period-end:

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

$ 238,621 0.17 % $ 180,436 0.25 % $ 191,017 0.28 %

Average for the year:

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

$ 229,185 0.20 % $ 210,098 0.25 % $ 214,096 0.29 %

Maximum month-end balance:

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

$ 254,104 $ 243,960 $ 266,818

F-58


Table of Contents

Note 11—Other Borrowings

The Company's other borrowings were as follows:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

SCBT Capital Trust III junior subordinated debt with a fixed interest rate of 5.92% until September 15, 2015 and thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 159 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on July 18, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after September 15, 2012 for the outstanding principal plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis.

$ 20,619 $ 20,619

SCBT Capital Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 179 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on June 15, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after June 30, 2010 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis.


12,372

12,372

SCBT Capital Trust II junior subordinated debt with a fixed interest rate of 6.37% until June 15, 2010 and thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 179 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on June 15, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after June 30, 2010 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis.


8,248

8,248

SAVB Capital Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 285 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on October 7, 2033, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after October 7, 2008 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest; net of discount of $571 on December 31, 2012. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis.


5,615

SAVB Capital Trust II junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 220 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on December 15, 2034, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after December 15, 2009 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest; net of discount of $493 on December 31, 2012. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis.


3,631

TSB Statutory Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 172 basis points and pays interest quarterly; rate is subject to quarterly resets; matures on March 14, 2037, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after December 15, 2011. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis.


3,093

3,093

Other


1,319

2,351

$ 54,897 $ 46,683

F-59


Table of Contents

Note 11—Other Borrowings (Continued)

FHLB Advances

The Company has from time-to-time entered into borrowing agreements with the FHLB. Advances under these agreements are collateralized by stock in the FHLB, qualifying first and second mortgage residential loans, and commercial real estate loans under a blanket-floating lien.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $148,000 in outstanding advances. There were no advances outstanding at December 31, 2011. Net eligible loans of the Company pledged via a blanket lien to the FHLB for advances and letters of credit at December 31, 2012, were approximately $532.8 million which allows the Company a total borrowing capacity at FHLB of approximately $330.5 million. After accounting for letters of credit totaling $17.7 million, the Company had unused net credit available with the FHLB in the amount of approximately $312.6 million at December 31, 2012.

The maximum FHLB advances outstanding at any month-end for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $148,000 and $20.8 million, respectively. The average amount outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was less than $1,000 and approximately $671,000, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 0.50% and 2.20%, respectively.

Junior Subordinated Debt

The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trusts' obligations with respect to the capital securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities.

As of December 31, 2012, the sole assets of the Trusts were an aggregate of $54.6 million of the Company's junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred securities.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a $53.6 million liability for the junior subordinated debt securities, net of a $1.1 million discount recorded on SAVB Capital Trust I and II. The Company, as issuer, can call any of these subordinated debt securities without penalty. If the Company were to call the securities, the amount paid to the holders would be $54.6 million and the Company would fully amortize any remaining discount into interest expense. The discount is currently being amortized over a five year period.

For regulatory purposes, the junior subordinated debt securities may be classified as Tier 1 Capital. The trust preferred securities represent a minority investment in an unconsolidated subsidiary, which is currently included in Tier 1 Capital so long as it does not exceed 25% of total Tier 1 Capital.

F-60


Table of Contents

Note 11—Other Borrowings (Continued)

Principal maturities of other borrowings are summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands)
Junior
Subordinated
Debt
Other Total

Years Ended December 31,

2013

$ $ 1,176 $ 1,176

2014

6 6

2015

6 6

2016

6 6

2017

7 7

Thereafter

53,578 118 53,696

$ 53,578 $ 1,319 $ 54,897

Note 12—Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Current:

Federal

$ 10,455 $ 19,597 $ 2,898

State

1,351 1,366 2,069

Total current tax expense

11,806 20,963 4,967

Deferred:

Federal

3,161 (9,798 ) 23,211

State

161 (403 ) 768

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

3,322 (10,201 ) 23,979

Provision for income taxes

$ 15,128 $ 10,762 $ 28,946

The provision for income taxes differs from that computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to income before provision for income taxes, as indicated in the following analysis:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Income taxes at federal statutory rate

$ 15,806 $ 11,675 $ 28,290

Increase (reduction) of taxes resulting from:

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

983 626 1,844

Tax-exempt interest

(1,436 ) (821 ) (834 )

Income tax credits

(571 ) (584 ) (584 )

Dividends received deduction

(3 ) (3 ) (2 )

Other, net

349 (131 ) 232

$ 15,128 $ 10,762 $ 28,946

F-61


Table of Contents

Note 12—Income Taxes (Continued)

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets are as follows:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Allowance for loan losses

$ 16,597 $ 18,244

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

1,196 120

Share-based compensation

854 785

Pension plan and post-retirement benefits

2,067 2,557

Deferred compensation

2,572 664

Purchase accounting adjustments

42,815 216

Other real estate owned

8,214 2,303

Tax deductible goodwill

1,060

Net operating loss carryforwards

6,870 1,138

Cash flow hedge

572

Other

921 673

Total deferred tax assets

83,738 26,700

Gain on FDIC assisted transaction deferred for tax purposes

27,075 17,080

Unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale

5,294 3,579

Depreciation

3,556 3,265

Intangible assets

7,649 1,483

Deferred loan fees

1,740 1,935

Prepaid expense

295 689

Other

2,969 211

Total deferred tax liabilities

48,578 28,242

Net deferred tax asset (liability) before valuation allowance

35,160 (1,542 )

Less, valuation allowance

(1,259 ) (1,138 )

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

$ 33,901 $ (2,680 )

At December 31, 2012, the Company had operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $25.2 million available to offset future taxable income. The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2023. The valuation allowance is based on management's estimate of the ultimate realization of the parent company's deferred tax asset.

F-62


Table of Contents

Note 13—Other Expense

The following is a summary of the components of other noninterest expense:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Business development and staff related

$ 3,336 $ 3,393 $ 3,256

Property and sales tax

2,039 1,850 1,487

Office supplies

1,912 1,635 1,678

Other loan expense

1,690 1,792 862

Postage

1,401 1,459 1,385

Retail products

583 485 483

Other

3,863 3,206 672

$ 14,824 $ 13,820 $ 9,823

Note 14—Earnings Per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Numerator:

Net income available to common shareholders—numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882

Denominator:

Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted-average shares outstanding

14,698 13,677 12,618

Effect of dilutive securities:

Employee stock options and restricted stock

98 74 102

Dilutive potential shares:

Denominator for diluted earnings per share—adjusted weighted-average shares

14,796 13,751 12,720

Basic earnings per common share

$ 2.04 $ 1.65 $ 4.11

Diluted earnings per common share

$ 2.03 $ 1.63 $ 4.08

The calculation of diluted earnings per common share excludes outstanding stock options that have exercise prices greater than the average market price of the common shares for the year as follows:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Number of shares

138,729 256,664 152,919

Range of exercise prices

$ 31.10 to $40.99 $ 26.01 to $40.99 $ 27.57 to $40.99

F-63


Table of Contents

Note 15—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Benefit
Plans
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Securities
Available
for Sale
Noncredit
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Losses
Cash Flow
Hedges
Total

Balance at December 31, 2009

$ (4,302 ) $ 2,474 $ (3,540 ) $ (14 ) $ (5,382 )

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

(514 ) (514 )

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

(1,040 ) 3,540 2,500

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

(396 ) (396 )

Balance at December 31, 2010

(4,816 ) 1,434 (410 ) (3,792 )

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

(3,007 ) (3,007 )

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

4,501 4,501

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

(451 ) (451 )

Balance at December 31, 2011

(7,823 ) 5,935 (861 ) (2,749 )

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

365 365

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

2,829 2,829

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

(69 ) (69 )

Balance at December 31, 2012

$ (7,458 ) $ 8,764 $ $ (930 ) $ 376

Note 16—Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans, or Advances

The Company pays cash dividends to shareholders from its assets, which are mainly provided by dividends from its banking subsidiary. However, certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of its subsidiary to transfer funds to the Company in form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of the South Carolina Board of Financial Institutions ("SCBFI") is required to pay dividends that exceed current year's net income. During 2012 and in conjunction with the acquisition of Peoples, the Bank paid a special dividend of $13.425 million to SCBT to allow for the redemption of Peoples preferred stock (TARP). This special dividend along with a special dividend used to pay certain obligations assumed from the Savannah acquisition resulted in the Bank paying dividends that almost exceeded current year net income. During January 2013, the Bank requested and received approval, from the SCBFI, to pay a special dividend of $5.0 million to SCBT in order to provide working capital and the funds needed to pay the quarterly dividend to its shareholders in February of 2013. It is expected that no special dividend approval will be needed from the SCBFI during the remainder of 2013. The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC, and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

F-64


Table of Contents

Note 16—Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans, or Advances (Continued)

Under Federal Reserve regulations, the bank is also limited as to the amount it may lend to the Company. The maximum amount available for transfer from the bank to the Company in the form of loans or advances was approximately $50.2 million and $84.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 17—Retirement Plans

The Company and its subsidiary have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering all employees hired on or before December 31, 2005, who have attained age 21, and who have completed one year of eligible service. The Company's funding policy is based principally, among other considerations, on contributing an amount necessary to satisfy the Internal Revenue Service's funding standards.

Effective July 1, 2009, the Company suspended the accrual of benefits for pension plan participants under the non-contributory defined benefit plan. The pension plan remained suspended as of December 31, 2012.

The following sets forth the pension plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's accompanying consolidated financial statements:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 25,015 $ 20,708 $ 18,342

Interest cost

1,033 1,097 1,080

Actuarial loss

1,308 3,801 1,842

Benefits paid

(653 ) (591 ) (556 )

Benefit obligation at end of year

26,703 25,015 20,708

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

19,233 19,083 16,496

Actual return on plan assets

2,439 (219 ) 2,215

Employer contribution

1,200 960 928

Benefits paid

(653 ) (591 ) (556 )

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

22,219 19,233 19,083

Funded status

$ (4,484 ) $ (5,782 ) $ (1,625 )

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the net losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income excluding related income tax effects were $11.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively.

F-65


Table of Contents

Note 17—Retirement Plans (Continued)

The components of net periodic pension cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Interest cost

$ 1,033 $ 1,097 $ 1,080

Expected return on plan assets

(1,631 ) (1,601 ) (1,508 )

Recognized net actuarial loss

1,069 549 260

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

471 45 (168 )

Net loss

500 5,621 1,135

Amortization of net loss

(1,069 ) (549 ) (260 )

Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income

(569 ) 5,072 875

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

$ (98 ) $ 5,117 $ 707

The amount of estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $1.2 million.

The following is information as of the measurement date:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Projected benefit obligation

$ 26,703 $ 25,015

Accumulated benefit obligation

26,703 25,015

Fair value of plan assets

22,219 19,233

The Company used a 3.80% and 4.20% discount rate in its weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The rate of compensation increase was not applicable in the Company's weighted-average assumptions because of the plan curtailment at June 30, 2009. The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost are as follows:


Years Ended
December 31,

2012 2011 2010

Discount rate

4.20 % 5.40 % 6.00 %

Expected long-term return on plan assets

7.75 % 8.00 % 8.00 %

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, the discount rate of 4.20%, 5.40%, and 6.00%, respectively, was determined by matching the projected benefit obligation cash flows of the plan to an independently derived yield curve, to arrive at the single equivalent rate.

The expected rate of return for the pension plan's assets represents the average rate of return to be earned on plan assets over the period the benefits included in the benefit obligation are to be paid. In developing the expected rate of return, the Company considered long-term compound annualized returns of historical market data as well as historical actual returns on the Company's plan assets. Using this reference information, the Company developed forward- looking return expectations for

F-66


Table of Contents

Note 17—Retirement Plans (Continued)

each asset category and a weighted average expected long-term rate of return for a targeted portfolio allocated across these investment categories. In developing the 7.75% long-term rate of return assumption for the pension plan, the Company utilized the following long-term rate of return and standard deviation assumptions:

Asset Class
Rate of
Return
Assumption
Standard
Deviation
Assumption

Cash Equivalents

3.50 % 0.86 %

High Grade Fixed Income

6.02 % 3.55 %

High Yield Fixed Income

7.95 % 9.40 %

International Fixed Income

6.92 % 9.98 %

Large Cap Equity

8.57 % 15.06 %

Mid Cap Equity

10.08 % 17.87 %

Mid/Small Cap Equity

8.79 % 18.99 %

Small Cap Equity

7.50 % 20.10 %

Foreign Equity

6.58 % 18.42 %

The portfolio's equity weighting is consistent with the long-term nature of the Plan's benefit obligation, and the expected annual return on the portfolio of 7.75%.

The policy, as established by the Investment Committee of the Defined Benefit Pension Plan, seeks to maximize return within reasonable and prudent levels of risk. The overall long-term objective of the Plan is to achieve a rate of return that exceeds the actuarially assumed rate of return of 7.75%. The investment policy is reviewed on a regular basis and revised when appropriate based on the legal or regulatory environment, market trends, or other fundamental factors. In determining the long-term rate of return for the pension plan, the Company considers historical rates of return and the nature of the plan's investments. Plan assets are divided among various investment classes with allowable allocation percentages as follows: Equities 55-65%, Fixed Income 20-40%, Cash Equivalents 0-35%. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 62% of pension plan assets were invested with equity managers, approximately 33% of pension plan assets were invested with fixed income managers, and approximately 5% of pension plan assets were held in cash equivalents. The difference between actual and expected returns on plan assets is accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, affects the recognized expenses in such future periods.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value.

Money Market Funds

Money Market Funds are public investment vehicles valued using $1 for the Net Asset Value (the "NAV"). The money market funds are classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Broad Market Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and Foreign Equity Mutual Funds

Broad Market Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and Foreign Equity mutual funds are public investment vehicles valued using the NAV provided by the administrator of the fund. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The NAV is a quoted price in an active market and classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

F-67


Table of Contents

Note 17—Retirement Plans (Continued)

The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2012 by asset category are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
December 31,
2012
Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 96 $ 96 $ $

Money market funds

1,064 1,064

Broad market fixed income

7,287 7,287

Domestic equity

11,788 11,788

Foreign equity

1,984 1,984

Total assets

$ 22,219 $ 22,219 $ $

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Plan's domestic equity securities did not include any of the Company's common stock. The plan made no purchases of the Company's stock during 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Estimated future benefit payments for the next ten years:

(Dollars in thousands)

2013

$ 843

2014

921

2015

1,039

2016

1,128

2017

1,239

2018 - 2022

7,217

$ 12,387

Expenses incurred and charged against operations with regard to all of the Company's retirement plans were as follows:


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Pension

$ 471 $ 45 $ (168 )

Employee savings plan/ 401(k)

1,741 915 771

Supplemental executive retirement plan

543 224 172

Post-retirement benefits

59 62 69

$ 2,814 $ 1,246 $ 844

The Company expects to contribute approximately $1.2 million to the pension plan in 2013, but reserves the right to contribute between the minimum required and maximum deductible amounts as determined under applicable federal laws.

The Company and its subsidiary have an employee savings plan, including Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) provisions. Electing employees are eligible to participate after attaining age 21. Plan participants elect to contribute portions of their annual base compensation as a before tax contribution. Employer contributions may be made from current or accumulated net profits. Participants may elect to

F-68


Table of Contents

Note 17—Retirement Plans (Continued)

contribute 1% to 50% of annual base compensation as a before tax contribution. Effective September 1, 2012, employees participating in the plan receive a 100% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 5% of salary. Prior to September 1, 2012, participating employees received a 50% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 6% of salary.

Employees hired on January 1, 2006 or thereafter will not participate in the defined benefit pension plan, but are eligible to participate in the employees' savings plan.

Employees can enter the savings plan on or after the first day of each month. The employee may enter into a salary deferral agreement at any time to select an alternative deferral amount or to elect not to defer in the Plan. If the employee does not elect an investment allocation, the plan administrator will select a retirement-based portfolio according to the employee's number of years until normal retirement age. The plan's investment valuations are generally provided on a daily basis.

Note 18—Post-Retirement Benefits

Post-retirement health and life insurance benefits are provided to eligible employees, such benefits being limited to those employees of the Company eligible for early retirement under the pension plan on or before December 31, 1993, and former employees who are currently receiving benefits. The plan was unfunded at December 31, 2012, and the liability for future benefits has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

The following sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's accompanying consolidated financial statements:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 555 $ 512

Interest cost

22 26

Actuarial (gain) loss

(4 ) 75

Benefits paid

(55 ) (58 )

Benefit obligation at end of year

518 555

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Employer contribution

55 58

Benefits paid

(55 ) (58 )

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status

$ (518 ) $ (555 )

F-69


Table of Contents

Note 18—Post-Retirement Benefits (Continued)

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost are as follows:


Years Ended
December 31,

2012 2011 2010

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31:

Discount rate

3.80 % 4.20 % 5.40 %

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31:

Discount rate

4.20 % 5.40 % 6.00 %

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31:

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

5.00 % 5.00 % 5.00 %

Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:


Years Ended
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Interest cost

$ 22 $ 26 $ 32

Amortization of transition obligation

26 32 31

Recognized net actuarial loss

11 4 6

Net periodic benefit cost

59 62 69

Net (gain) loss

(4 ) 75 (26 )

Amortization of transition obligation

(26 ) (32 ) (31 )

Amortization of loss

(11 ) (4 ) (6 )

Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income

(41 ) 39 (63 )

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

$ 18 $ 101 $ 6

The estimated net loss for the retiree medical plan that will be amortized from other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $11,000.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement benefit plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at the end of 2012:


One-Percentage
Point
(Dollars in thousands)
Increase Decrease

Effect on total of interest cost

$ 2 $ (2 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

34 (31 )

F-70


Table of Contents

Note 18—Post-Retirement Benefits (Continued)

Estimated future benefit payments (including expected future service as appropriate):

(Dollars in thousands)

2013

$ 51

2014

50

2015

50

2016

49

2017

47

2018 - 2022

6

$ 253

The Company expects to contribute approximately $51,000 to the post-retirement medical plan in 2013.

Note 19—Share-Based Compensation

Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees. Compensation cost is measured as the fair value of these awards on their date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used as the fair value of restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period for stock option awards and as the restriction period for restricted stock awards. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

The Company's 1999, 2004, and 2012 stock incentive programs are long-term retention programs intended to attract, retain, and provide incentives for key employees and non-employee directors in the form of incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock.

Stock Options

With the exception of non-qualified stock options granted to directors under the 1999, 2004, and 2012 plans, which in some cases may be exercised at any time prior to expiration and in some other cases may be exercised at intervals less than a year following the grant date, incentive stock options granted under the plans may not be exercised in whole or in part within a year following the date of the grant, as these incentive stock options become exercisable in 25% increments pro ratably over the four-year period following the grant date. The options are granted at an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. No options were granted under the 1999 plan after January 2, 2004, and the 1999 plan is closed other than for any options still unexercised and outstanding. No options were granted under the 2004 plan after January 26, 2012, and the 2004 plan is closed other than for any options still unexercised and outstanding. The 2012 plan is the only plan from which new share-based compensation grants may be issued. It is the Company's policy to grant options out of the 1,684,000 shares registered under the 2012 plan, of which no more than 817,476 shares can be granted as restricted stock.

F-71


Table of Contents

Note 19—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

Activity in the Company's stock option plans is summarized in the following table. All information has been retroactively adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits.


2012 2011 2010

Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at January 1

370,207 $ 30.69 386,207 $ 29.02 348,575 $ 27.84

Granted

28,224 31.75 27,542 32.05 55,857 33.47

Exercised

(51,887 ) 23.99 (43,533 ) 16.79 (16,220 ) 18.88

Forfeited

(6,150 ) 31.80 (1 ) 11.39 (2,005 ) 28.79

Expired

(254 ) 15.93 (8 ) 15.64

Outstanding at December 31

340,140 31.79 370,207 30.69 386,207 29.02

Exercisable at December 31

267,941 31.73 285,987 30.38 289,469 27.93

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

$ 11.55 $ 11.65 $ 13.90

The aggregate intrinsic value of 340,140 and 370,207 stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $2.9 million and $448,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of 267,941 and 285,987 stock options exercisable at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $2.3 million and $421,000, respectively.

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2012, is as follows:


Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
Number
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Number
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

$22.13 - $26.00

7,177 0.5 years $ 24.14 7,161 $ 24.14

$26.01 - $31.00

89,738 3.2 years 27.50 82,032 27.50

$31.01 - $36.00

190,517 5.5 years 32.09 130,040 32.05

$36.01 - $40.99

52,708 4.7 years 39.02 48,708 39.13

340,140 4.7 years 31.79 267,941 31.73 3.8 years

The fair value of options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black- Scholes option pricing model and expensed over the options' vesting periods. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in valuing options issued:


2012 2011 2010

Dividend yield

2.10% 2.23% 2.05%

Expected life

6 years 5 years 6 years

Expected volatility

45.8% - 45.8% 43.8% - 49.7% 49.0% - 50.1%

Risk-free interest rate

1.06% 2.32% 2.73%

As of December 31, 2012, there was $524,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option grants under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.00 year as of December 31, 2012. The total fair value of shares vested during the

F-72


Table of Contents

Note 19—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $402,000, $458,000 and $332,000, respectively. Compensation expense of $382,000, $443,000, and $442,000 was recorded in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Restricted Stock

The Company from time-to-time also grants shares of restricted stock to key employees and non-employee directors. These awards help align the interests of these employees and directors with the interests of the shareholders of the Company by providing economic value directly related to increases in the value of the Company's stock. The value of the stock awarded is established as the fair market value of the stock at the time of the grant. The Company recognizes expense, equal to the total value of such awards, ratably over the vesting period of the stock grants. Grants to employees typically cliff vest after four years. Grants to non-employee directors typically vest within a 12-month period.

All restricted stock agreements are conditioned upon continued employment. Termination of employment prior to a vesting date, as described below, would terminate any interest in non-vested shares. Prior to vesting of the shares, as long as employed by the Company, the key employees and non-employee directors will have the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends paid with respect to such shares. All restricted shares will fully vest in the event of change in control of the Company or upon the death of the recipient.

Non-vested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2012 is summarized in the following table. All information has been retroactively adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits.

Restricted Stock
Shares Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Nonvested at January 1

171,704 $ 30.32

Granted

47,666 32.27

Vested

(41,530 ) 30.22

Forfeited

(4,993 ) 32.02

Nonvested at December 31

172,847 30.84

The Company granted 47,666, 57,639, and 23,562 shares for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The weighted-average- grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted in 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $32.27, $31.85, and $38.13, respectively. Compensation expense of $1.3 million, $1.3 million, and $1.2 million was recorded in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

The vesting schedule of these shares as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:


Shares

2013

18,870

2014

17,166

2015

46,122

2016

44,483

2017

4,395

Thereafter

41,811

172,847

F-73


Table of Contents

Note 19—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

As of December 31, 2012, there was $3.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock granted under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.79 years as of December 31, 2012. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $755,000, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has registered 363,825 shares of common stock in connection with the establishment of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The plan, which expires June 30, 2017, is available to all employees who have attained age 21 and completed six months of service. The Company currently has more than 160,000 shares available for issuances under the plan. The price at which common stock may be purchased for each quarterly option period is the lesser of 95% of the common stock's fair value on either the first or last day of the quarter.

The 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase Company stock at a discounted price. Beginning July 1, 2009, the 15% discount was reduced to 5%. The Company recognized $38,000, $37,000 and $35,000 in share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 20—Stock Repurchase Program

In February 2004, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a repurchase program to acquire up to 250,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. This program superseded any previously announced programs that may have had remaining available shares for repurchase. Under the announced stock repurchase program, the Company did not repurchase any shares during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Under other arrangements where directors or officers surrendered currently owned shares to the Company to acquire proceeds for exercising stock options or paying taxes on currently vesting restricted stock, the Company repurchased 23,532, 11,445, and 7,272 shares at a cost of $836,000, $342,000, and $255,000 in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Note 21—Lease Commitments

The Company's subsidiary was obligated at December 31, 2012, under certain noncancelable operating leases extending to the year 2043 pertaining to banking premises and equipment. Some of the leases provide for the payment of property taxes and insurance and contain various renewal options. The exercise of renewal options is, of course, dependent upon future events. Accordingly, the following summary does not reflect possible additional payments due if renewal options are exercised.

F-74


Table of Contents

Note 21—Lease Commitments (Continued)

Future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate, under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Years Ending December 31,

2013

3,514

2014

2,534

2015

2,457

2016

2,343

2017

2,378

Thereafter

15,327

$ 28,553

Total lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $3.3 million, $4.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

Note 22—Contingent Liabilities

The Company and its subsidiary are involved at times in certain litigation arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management as of December 31, 2012, there is no pending or threatened litigation that will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Note 23—Related Party Transactions

During 2012 and 2011, the Company's banking subsidiary had loan and deposit relationships with certain related parties, principally directors and executive officers, their immediate families and their business interests. All of these relationships were in the ordinary course of business at rates and terms substantially consistent with similar transactions with unrelated parties. Loans outstanding to this group (including immediate families and business interests) totaled $9.7 million and $11.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively. During 2012, $6.2 million of new loans were made to this group while repayments of $8.3 million were received during the year. There were also certain individuals that were considered related parties in 2011 who were not considered related parties in 2012 due to retirement, change in job function, or other reasons. Related party deposits totaled approximately $8.4 million and $10.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 24—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company's subsidiary is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of their customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, or liquidity risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments express the extent of involvement the subsidiary has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The subsidiary's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The subsidiary uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet

F-75


Table of Contents

Note 24—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk (Continued)

instruments. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the following financial instruments, whose contract amounts represent credit risk, were outstanding:


December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011

Commitments to extend credit

$ 876,783 $ 634,681

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

18,955 19,293

$ 895,738 $ 653,974

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and personal guarantees. Unfunded commitments under commercial lines-of-credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines-of-credit are uncollateralized and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn to the extent to which the banking subsidiary is committed.

Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the banking subsidiary to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit and guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially, all standby letters of credit have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.

Note 25—Fair Value

FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 clarifies that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions.

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivative contracts are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, impaired loans, OREO, and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

F-76


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)

FASB ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

      Level 1    Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

      Level 2    Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

      Level 3    Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value.

Investment Securities

Securities available for sale are valued on a recurring basis at quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange and The NASDAQ Stock Market, or U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities and debentures issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities held to maturity are valued at quoted market prices or dealer quotes similar to securities available for sale. The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions. The Level 3 security is an unrated single-issue private placement bond that was acquired in the Savannah transaction. This security is considered a Level 3 because there is not an active market for the security. Management considers the credit quality of the underlying issuer in determining the fair value of the security.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. The fair values of mortgage loans held for sale are based on commitments on hand from investors within the secondary market for loans with similar characteristics. As such, the fair value adjustments for mortgage loans held for sale are nonrecurring Level 2.

Loans

The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan may be considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses may be established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment using estimated fair value methodologies. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2012, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral because such loans were considered collateral dependent. Impaired loans, where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company considers the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the

F-77


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)

appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company considers the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO")

Typically non-covered OREO, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, is reported at fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs (Level 2). However, both non-covered and covered OREO are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because management has qualitatively applied a discount due to the size, supply of inventory, and the incremental discounts applied to the appraisals. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time the property has been on the market, and anticipated sales values, which have resulted in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in certain appraisals. At the time of foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses. Gains or losses on sale and generally any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as a component of OREO expense, net of any FDIC indemnification proceeds in the case of covered OREO.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Fair value is estimated using pricing models of derivatives with similar characteristics; accordingly, the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The tables below present the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2012:

Assets

Derivative financial instruments

$ 312 $ $ 312 $

Securities available for sale:

Government-sponsored entities debt

$ 88,518 $ $ 88,518 $

State and municipal obligations

152,799 148,948 3,851

Mortgage-backed securities

293,187 293,187

Corporate stocks

379 354 25

Total securities available for sale

534,883 354 530,678 3,851

$ 535,195 $ 354 $ 530,990 $ 3,851

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

$ 1,813 $ $ 1,813 $

F-78


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2011:

Assets

Securities available for sale:

Government-sponsored entities debt

$ 49,603 $ $ 49,603 $

State and municipal obligations

43,957 43,957

Mortgage-backed securities

195,309 195,309

Corporate stocks

326 301 25

Total securities available for sale

$ 289,195 $ 301 $ 288,894 $

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

$ 1,391 $ $ 1,391 $

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, since Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources), the gains and losses below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets Liabilities

Fair value, January 1, 2011

$ 2,034 $

Change in unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive income

290

Total realized losses included in income

(194 )

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net

(2,130 )

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

Fair value, December 31, 2011

$ $

Change in unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive income

Total realized losses included in income

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net

3,851

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

Fair value, December 31, 2012

$ 3,851 $

Total unrealized losses, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income related to level 3 financial assets and liabilities still on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011

$ $

Total unrealized losses, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income related to level 3 financial assets and liabilities still on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012

$ $

F-79


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The tables below present the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2012:

OREO

$ 66,505 $ $ $ 66,505

Non-acquired impaired loans

42,356 42,356

December 31, 2011:

OREO

$ 83,871 $ $ $ 83,871

Non-acquired impaired loans

35,974 35,974

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements


Valuation Technique Unobservable Input General
Range

Nonrecurring measurements:

OREO

Discounted appraisals Collateral discounts and estimated costs to sell 0 - 25 %

Non-acquired impaired loans

Discounted appraisals Collateral discounts 0 - 25 %

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those models are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. The use of different methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Such amounts have not been revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investment Securities —Securities held to maturity are valued at quoted market prices or dealer quotes. The carrying value of FHLB stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions. The carrying value of the Company's investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries approximates fair value.

Loans —For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for certain mortgage loans (e.g., one-to-four family

F-80


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)

residential) and other consumer loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company's current rates offered for new loans of the same type, structure and credit quality. Fair values for other loans (e.g., commercial real estate and investment property mortgage loans, commercial and industrial loans) are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered by the Company for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

FDIC Indemnification Asset —The fair value is estimated based on discounted future cash flows using current discount rates.

Deposit Liabilities —The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest bearing checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts, and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase —The carrying amount of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values.

Other Borrowings —The fair value of other borrowings is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.

Accrued Interest —The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

Derivative Financial Instruments —The fair value of derivative financial instruments (including interest rate swaps) is estimated using pricing models of derivatives with similar characteristics.

Commitments to Extend Credit, Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees —The fair values of commitments to extend credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair values of guarantees and letters of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated costs to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

F-81


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)

The estimated fair value, and related carrying amount, of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:


December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 380,730 $ 380,730 $ 380,730 $ $

Investment securities

560,091 561,204 10,122 547,231 3,851

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses, and loans held for sale

3,634,514 3,665,070 65,279 3,599,791

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

146,171 101,898 101,898

Accrued interest receivable

8,190 8,190 8,190

Interest rate swap—non-designated hedge

312 312 312

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

4,298,360 4,216,800 4,216,800

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

238,621 238,621 238,621

Other borrowings

54,897 57,903 57,903

Accrued interest payable

2,045 2,045 2,045

Interest rate swap—cash flow hedge

1,501 1,501 1,501

Interest rate swap—non-designated hedge

312 312 312

Off balance sheet financial instruments:

Commitments to extend credit

7,371 7,371

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

F-82


Table of Contents

Note 25—Fair Value (Continued)



December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 171,425 $ 171,425 $ 171,425 $ $

Investment securities

324,056 325,351 18,593 306,758

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses, and loans held for sale

2,837,588 2,859,513 45,809 2,813,704

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements

262,651 202,313 202,313

Accrued interest receivable

11,527 11,527 11,527

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

3,254,472 3,222,547 3,222,547

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

180,436 180,436 180,436

Other borrowings

46,683 48,915 48,915

Accrued interest payable

2,254 2,254 2,254

Interest rate swap—cash flow hedge

1,391 1,391 1,391

Off balance sheet financial instruments:

Commitments to extend credit

7,657 7,657

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

Note 26—Regulatory Matters

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's and Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance- sheet-items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of their most recent regulatory examinations, the Company and the Bank were considered well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events subsequent to the most recent examinations that management believes have changed the institutions' category.

F-83


Table of Contents

Note 26—Regulatory Matters (Continued)

Actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below:


Actual Minimum Capital
Requirement
Minimum To Be
Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio

December 31, 2012:

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets):

Consolidated

$ 476,279 13.99 % $ 272,329 8.00 % n/a n/a

SCBT (the Bank)

468,558 13.78 % 272,114 8.00 % 340,142 10.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

Consolidated

433,309 12.73 % 136,165 4.00 % n/a n/a

SCBT (the Bank)

425,621 12.51 % 136,057 4.00 % 204,085 6.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

Consolidated

433,309 9.87 % 175,688 4.00 % n/a n/a

SCBT (the Bank)

425,621 9.70 % 175,480 4.00 % 219,350 5.00 %

December 31, 2011:

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets):

Consolidated

$ 385,049 15.36 % $ 200,542 8.00 % n/a n/a

SCBT (the Bank)

379,751 15.15 % 200,516 8.00 % 250,644 10.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

Consolidated

353,102 14.09 % 100,271 4.00 % n/a n/a

SCBT (the Bank)

347,808 13.88 % 100,258 4.00 % 150,387 6.00 %

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

Consolidated

353,102 9.12 % 154,934 4.00 % n/a n/a

SCBT (the Bank)

347,808 8.99 % 154,810 4.00 % 193,513 5.00 %

F-84


Table of Contents

Note 27—Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

Financial information pertaining only to SCBT Financial Corporation is as follows:

Condensed Balance Sheet


December 31,

2012 2011
(Dollars in thousands)

ASSETS

Cash

$ 6,122 $ 4,545

Investment securities available for sale

354 301

Investment in subsidiaries

554,634 421,573

Other assets

2,680 648

Total assets

$ 563,790 $ 427,067

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities


$

56,241

$

45,287

Shareholders' equity

507,549 381,780

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$ 563,790 $ 427,067

Condensed Statements of Income


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Income:

Dividends from subsidiaries

$ 33,669 $ 9,514 $ 8,683

Operating income (loss)

59 (52 ) (52 )

Total income

33,728 9,462 8,631

Operating expenses

2,482 2,331 2,470

Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

31,246 7,131 6,161

Applicable income tax benefit

812 769 903

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary (excess distribution)

(2,026 ) 14,696 44,818

Net income

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882

F-85


Table of Contents

Note 27—Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows


Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2012 2011 2010

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

$ 30,032 $ 22,595 $ 51,882

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

28 31

Share-based compensation

1,741 1,777 1,625

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

115 120

Decrease (increase) in other assets

(83 ) 32 78

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

(3,511 ) 365 (337 )

Undistributed earnings of subsidiary

2,026 (14,696 ) (44,818 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

30,205 10,216 8,581

Cash flows from investing activities:

Net cash outlay for acquisitions

(12,357 )

Payments for investments in subsidiary

(34,700 )

Net cash (used in) investing activities

(12,357 ) (34,700 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

Note payable repayment

(7,155 )

Common stock issuance

720 35,533 669

Common stock repurchased

(836 ) (342 ) (255 )

Dividends paid on common stock

(10,244 ) (9,514 ) (8,683 )

Stock options exercised

1,244 731 307

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

(16,271 ) 26,408 (7,962 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

1,577 1,924 619

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

4,545 2,621 2,002

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 6,122 $ 4,545 $ 2,621

Note 28—Common Stock Issuance

On February 18, 2011, the Company issued 1,129,032 shares of its authorized but unissued common stock to certain accredited investors at $31.00 per share pursuant to a private placement transaction. Net proceeds from this sale of common stock of $34.8 million were used for general corporate purposes, including supporting the continued and anticipated growth of the Company. On March 21, 2011, the Company filed a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to permit resale of the common shares issued in this transaction. This registration statement became effective on March 30, 2011.

Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk in the course of its business operations and manages a portion of this risk through the use of derivative financial instruments, in the form of interest rate swaps. The Company accounts for its interest rate swap that is classified as a cash flow hedge in accordance with FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which requires that all derivatives be

F-86


Table of Contents

Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

recognized as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. The Company also acquired in December 2012 through its merger with The Savannah Bancorp, Inc. two interest rate swaps that do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements and are classified as non-designated hedges. All the derivatives currently held by the Company are interest rate swap agreements. For more information regarding the fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments, see Note 25 to these financial statements.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company utilizes the interest rate swap agreement to essentially convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate (cash flow hedge). For derivatives designated as hedging exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or when the hedge is terminated. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately. For derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized in earnings immediately.

In applying hedge accounting for derivatives, the Company establishes a method for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging derivative and a measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge upon the inception of the hedge.

During 2009, the Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $8.0 million to manage interest rate risk due to periodic rate resets on its junior subordinated debt issued by SCBT Capital Trust II, an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company established for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The Company hedges the variable rate cash flows of subordinated debt against future interest rate increases by using an interest rate swap to effectively fix the rate on the debt beginning on June 15, 2010, at which time the debt contractually converted from a fixed interest rate to a variable interest rate. This hedge expires on June 15, 2019. The notional amount on which the interest payments are based will not be exchanged. This derivative contract calls for the Company to pay a fixed rate of 4.06% on $8.0 million notional amount and receive a variable rate of three-month LIBOR on the $8.0 million notional amount.

The Company recognized an after-tax unrealized loss on its cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income of $69,000 and $451,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company recognized a $1.5 million and a $1.4 million cash flow hedge liability in other liabilities on the balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness in the cash flow hedge during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Credit risk related to the derivative arises when amounts receivable from the counterparty (derivative dealer) exceed those payable. The Company controls the risk of loss by only transacting with derivative dealers that are national market makers whose credit ratings are strong. Each party to the interest rate swap is required to provide collateral in the form of cash or securities to the counterparty when the counterparty's exposure to a mark-to-market replacement value exceeds certain negotiated limits. These limits are typically based on current credit ratings and vary with ratings changes. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, SCBT was required to provide $1.5 and $1.4 million of collateral, which is included in cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet as interest-bearing deposits with banks. Also, the Company has a netting agreement with the counterparty.

F-87


Table of Contents

Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

Non-designated Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has two interest rate swap contracts that were classified as non-designated hedges that were acquired through the merger transaction with Savannah. These derivatives are not designated as hedges and are not speculative in nature. One of the derivatives is an interest rate swap that was executed with a commercial borrower to facilitate a respective risk management strategy and allow the customer to pay a fixed rate of interest to the Company. This interest rate swap was simultaneously hedged by executing an offsetting interest rate swap that was entered into with a third party to minimize the net risk exposure to the Company resulting from the transactions and allow the Company to receive a variable rate of interest.

The interest rate swap contract with the commercial borrower requires the borrower to pay or receive from the Company an amount equal to and offsetting the value of the interest rate swap. If the commercial borrower fails to perform and the market value for the interest rate swap with the third party is negative (net liability position), the Company would be obligated to pay the settlement amount for the financial derivative. If the market value for the interest rate swap with the third party is positive (net asset position), the Company would receive a payment for the settlement amount for the financial derivative. The settlement amount is determined by the fluctuation of interest rates.

As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2012, the interest rate swaps had an aggregate notional amount of approximately $4.5 million and the fair value of these two offsetting interest rate swap derivatives are recorded in other assets and in other liabilities for $312,000 on the balance sheet. The net effect of recording the derivatives at fair value through earnings was immaterial to the Company's financial condition and results of operations during 2012.

The Company also has an agreement with the third party in this derivative relationship that contains a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. As of December 31, 2012 the fair value of the interest rate swap derivative with the third party was in a net liability position of $312,000, which excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements. As of December 31, 2012, SCBT was required to provide $199,000 of collateral, which is included in cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet as interest-bearing deposits with banks. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2012, it would have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value, $318,000 at December 31, 2012.

Note 30—Subsequent Events

First Financial Holdings, Inc.—Definitive Agreement

On February 19, 2013, SCBT Financial Corporation, the holding company of SCBT ("SCBT Bank"), a South Carolina banking corporation, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Agreement") with First Financial Holdings, Inc. ("First Financial"), a bank holding company headquartered in Charleston, South Carolina. First Federal Bank ("First Federal") is the wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Financial. Other First Financial subsidiaries include First Southeast 401(k) Fiduciaries, Inc. a registered investment advisor, and First Southeast Investor Services, Inc., a registered

F-88


Table of Contents

Note 30—Subsequent Events (Continued)

broker-dealer. First Financial reported $3.2 billion in total assets, $2.6 billion in loans and $2.6 billion in deposits, based on December 31, 2012 unaudited balances. First Financial has a total of 66 branches that serve individuals and businesses throughout coastal South Carolina, Florence and Greenville, South Carolina and Wilmington, North Carolina. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, First Financial will merge with and into SCBT Financial Corporation, with SCBT Financial Corporation as the surviving entity in the merger. In addition, First Federal will merge with and into SCBT Bank, with SCBT Bank as the surviving entity. The other subsidiaries of First Financial are expected to become subsidiaries of SCBT Financial Corporation.

Under the terms of Agreement, First Financial shareholders will receive aggregate consideration of approximately 7,002,384 shares of SCBT common stock. The stock consideration is based upon a fixed exchange ratio of 0.4237 shares of SCBT common stock for each of the outstanding shares of FFCH common stock, , which equates to a deal value of $18.30 per share based on SCBT's closing stock price of $43.18 on February 19, 2013. The stock issuance is valued at approximately $302.4 million in the aggregate, based on 16,526,752 shares of FFCH common stock outstanding.

The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and the affirmative vote of both SCBT Financial Corporation's and First Financial's shareholders. The transaction is expected to close during the third quarter of 2013.


*
—Unaudited

F-89



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part IItem 1. BusinessItem 1A. Risk FactorsItem 1B. Unresolved Staff CommentsItem 2. PropertiesItem 3. Legal ProceedingsItem 4. Mine Safety DisclosuresPart IIItem 5. Market For The Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of Equity SecuritiesItem 6. Selected Financial DataItem 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis Of Financial Condition and Results Of OperationsItem 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskItem 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary DataItem 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosureItem 9A. Controls and ProceduresItem 9B. Other InformationPart IIIItem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceItem 11. Executive CompensationItem 12. Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder MattersItem 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceItem 14. Principal Accounting Fees and ServicesPart IVItem 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement SchedulesNote 1 Summary Of Significant Accounting PoliciesNote 1 Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)Note 2 Mergers and AcquisitionsNote 2 Mergers and Acquisitions (continued)Note 3 Investment SecuritiesNote 3 Investment Securities (continued)Note 4 Loans and Allowance For Loan LossesNote 4 Loans and Allowance For Loan Losses (continued)Note 5 Fdic Indemnification AssetNote 5 Fdic Indemnification Asset (continued)Note 6 Other Real Estate OwnedNote 7 Premises and EquipmentNote 8 Goodwill and Other Intangible AssetsNote 8 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)Note 9 DepositsNote 9 Deposits (continued)Note 10 Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements To RepurchaseNote 11 Other BorrowingsNote 11 Other Borrowings (continued)Note 12 Income TaxesNote 12 Income Taxes (continued)Note 13 Other ExpenseNote 14 Earnings Per Common ShareNote 15 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)Note 16 Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans, Or AdvancesNote 16 Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans, Or Advances (continued)Note 17 Retirement PlansNote 17 Retirement Plans (continued)Note 18 Post-retirement BenefitsNote 18 Post-retirement Benefits (continued)Note 19 Share-based CompensationNote 19 Share-based Compensation (continued)Note 20 Stock Repurchase ProgramNote 21 Lease CommitmentsNote 21 Lease Commitments (continued)Note 22 Contingent LiabilitiesNote 23 Related Party TransactionsNote 24 Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet RiskNote 24 Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk (continued)Note 25 Fair ValueNote 25 Fair Value (continued)Note 26 Regulatory MattersNote 26 Regulatory Matters (continued)Note 27 Condensed Financial Statements Of Parent CompanyNote 27 Condensed Financial Statements Of Parent Company (continued)Note 28 Common Stock IssuanceNote 29 Derivative Financial InstrumentsNote 29 Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)Note 30 Subsequent EventsNote 30 Subsequent Events (continued)